28.05.2013 Views

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) A risk-based approach to ... - Scor

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) A risk-based approach to ... - Scor

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) A risk-based approach to ... - Scor

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Focus<br />

November 2010<br />

<strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> (<strong>ERM</strong>)<br />

A <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> <strong>approach</strong><br />

<strong>to</strong> the management<br />

of a (re)insurance company


ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT


Summary<br />

Preface 3<br />

1 Implementation of an <strong>ERM</strong> framework 4<br />

2 Adapting solvency regulations <strong>to</strong> times of crisis 16<br />

3 Reinsurance optimization in the context<br />

of capital management 24<br />

4 Capital assessment beyond s<strong>to</strong>chastic modeling 36<br />

5 Integrating <strong>risk</strong> modeling in<strong>to</strong> the organization 44<br />

6 Investment and <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> strategies<br />

in a changing regula<strong>to</strong>ry framework 52<br />

7 <strong>ERM</strong> and Economic Capital Models: The A.M. Best view 64<br />

8 Macro-economic standpoint 72<br />

9 How <strong>to</strong> deal with the impact of inflation<br />

on pricing and reserving 80<br />

10 The financial markets view on the <strong>Risk</strong>/Reward strategies<br />

in the (re)insurance industry 90<br />

<strong>ERM</strong>: a system <strong>to</strong> ensure the optimal security and efficiency 98<br />

Speakers’ biographies 101


2 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The views and statements expressed<br />

in this publication are the sole<br />

responsibility of the authors.


Preface<br />

In the current s<strong>to</strong>chastic, financial and economic environment,<br />

which is characterized by shocks and instability, and in view of<br />

impending regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes such as Solvency II and its equivalents<br />

under consideration outside the EU, <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

or <strong>ERM</strong> has become a <strong>to</strong>p priority for the (re)insurance industry.<br />

Following SCOR’s first <strong>ERM</strong> seminar last year, which presented the<br />

main concepts involved in <strong>ERM</strong> and how they could be a driving<br />

force for our industry, the Group held a second seminar in June.<br />

The themes discussed this time around <strong>to</strong>ok matters a step further<br />

than last year, focusing on how <strong>to</strong> implement an <strong>ERM</strong> framework,<br />

on integrating <strong>risk</strong> and economic capital management in<strong>to</strong><br />

a company, and on how <strong>ERM</strong> can contribute <strong>to</strong> the decision making<br />

process, for example in terms of reinsurance optimization.<br />

The seminar also looked at why we need <strong>to</strong> adapt solvency<br />

regulation <strong>to</strong> times of crisis and at possible investment and <strong>risk</strong><br />

management strategies in a changing regula<strong>to</strong>ry framework.<br />

More generally, the June seminar revisited the macroeconomic<br />

environment and the best way for <strong>risk</strong> takers <strong>to</strong> cope with it<br />

from an <strong>ERM</strong> standpoint, and presented the financial market view<br />

of the <strong>risk</strong> reward strategies currently being applied in the<br />

(re)insurance sec<strong>to</strong>r.<br />

SCOR Global P&C hopes that this publication, which is <strong>based</strong> on<br />

the presentations delivered and the discussions held during the<br />

June seminar, will help <strong>to</strong> promote <strong>ERM</strong> culture in our industry.<br />

HEDI HACHICHA<br />

Head of Strategy and Development<br />

SCOR Global P&C


1<br />

IMPLEMENTATION<br />

OF AN <strong>ERM</strong><br />

FRAMEWORK<br />

This article presents the concept<br />

and objectives of <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

(<strong>ERM</strong>). Often <strong>ERM</strong> is presented in abstract terms,<br />

with many definitions and few concrete applications.<br />

However, this article is intended <strong>to</strong> illustrate<br />

the meaning of <strong>ERM</strong> through SCOR’s day <strong>to</strong> day<br />

experience in this field and <strong>to</strong> describe how <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong> works in practice.<br />

Fig. 1: Building blocks of <strong>ERM</strong><br />

<strong>Risk</strong> and<br />

Economic<br />

Capital<br />

Modeling<br />

Standard and Poor’s way of describing <strong>ERM</strong> has been<br />

herein adopted. The corresponding graphical presentation<br />

is a Greek temple as shown in Figure 1. The base<br />

represents <strong>Risk</strong> Culture. Built on this foundation are<br />

3 specific pillars:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> and Economic Capital Modeling <strong>to</strong> deal with<br />

present and upcoming <strong>risk</strong>s;<br />

4 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

MICHEL DACOROGNA<br />

Deputy Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officer, SCOR<br />

WAYNE RATCLIFFE<br />

Direc<strong>to</strong>r Group <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, SCOR<br />

Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Emerging<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Culture<br />

Before going in<strong>to</strong> details, it is important <strong>to</strong> note<br />

that <strong>risk</strong> constitutes the core business of insurers<br />

and reinsurers and gives them the opportunity <strong>to</strong><br />

provide insured people with protection against<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s <strong>to</strong> which they are exposed. Clearly, <strong>risk</strong> in this<br />

context should not be considered just as a danger<br />

but also as an opportunity for insurers and reinsurers<br />

<strong>to</strong> provide a valuable service and receive a<br />

fair reward for taking such <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

Control<br />

Processes<br />

• Emerging <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>to</strong> deal with future <strong>risk</strong>s;<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> Control Processes <strong>to</strong> control and support the<br />

management of these <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

The implementation of these 3 elements supports<br />

the roof of the temple, a process referred <strong>to</strong> by<br />

Standard & Poor’s as Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>.<br />

This is the ultimate aim of <strong>ERM</strong>.


I. <strong>Risk</strong> Culture<br />

What does <strong>Risk</strong> Culture mean for a (re)insurer? In fact,<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Culture forms the basis of a solid <strong>risk</strong> management<br />

policy within the company, as illustrated in the<br />

Greek temple.<br />

The foundation of <strong>Risk</strong> Culture is strong internal<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> governance. At SCOR this governance is<br />

overseen by a Board <strong>Risk</strong> Committee which reports<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs. The main responsibilities of<br />

this committee are:<br />

• Ensuring that the company has an effective <strong>ERM</strong><br />

framework in place;<br />

• Proposing an appropriate <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework <strong>to</strong><br />

the Board and ensuring this is clearly communicated<br />

<strong>to</strong> and unders<strong>to</strong>od by all stakeholders, in particular<br />

by staff;<br />

• Moni<strong>to</strong>ring and reporting on the Group’s <strong>risk</strong> profile<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Board;<br />

• Moni<strong>to</strong>ring and reporting critical <strong>risk</strong> issues <strong>to</strong> the<br />

Board.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Culture benefits from the appointment of a Chief<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Officer (CRO) who is a member of the company’s<br />

Executive <strong>Management</strong>. He/she is responsible for the<br />

management of the above areas and is expected <strong>to</strong><br />

provide regular updates <strong>to</strong> the company’s Executive<br />

<strong>Management</strong> (weekly at SCOR) and the Board <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Committee (quarterly at SCOR).<br />

At SCOR, the day-<strong>to</strong>-day management of these<br />

areas is dealt with by the Group <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

(GRM) department which reports <strong>to</strong> the Group CRO.<br />

The operating divisions (SCOR Global P&C and SCOR<br />

Global Life) also have their own <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

organizations, headed by a Division CRO who has<br />

a dotted line reporting <strong>to</strong> the Group CRO. Both<br />

organizations work closely with GRM.<br />

From a governance point of view it is also imperative<br />

that a clear separation of roles between <strong>risk</strong> decision<br />

takers and <strong>risk</strong> managers exists. In particular the <strong>risk</strong><br />

takers must be accountable for their business decisions.<br />

The various levels of decision making should also be<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong>, e.g. critical <strong>risk</strong>s should be owned and<br />

managed by members of Executive <strong>Management</strong>.<br />

At SCOR, various <strong>risk</strong>-related committees, at or below<br />

the Group Executive <strong>Management</strong> level, provide<br />

formalized decision making forums which enable the<br />

views of <strong>risk</strong> decision takers and <strong>risk</strong> managers <strong>to</strong> be<br />

taken in<strong>to</strong> account. For example the Group Asset<br />

Liability <strong>Management</strong> (ALM) Committee is in charge of<br />

capital allocation (<strong>to</strong> assets and liabilities) and strategic<br />

asset allocation. The Group Investment Committee is<br />

responsible for tactical asset allocation and ensures that<br />

the investment guidelines are respected.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 5


Fig. 2: Process <strong>to</strong> derive <strong>Risk</strong> Preference and <strong>Risk</strong> Profile<br />

COMEX/BoD decision:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong>-Based Capital (RBC)<br />

for asset <strong>risk</strong> is less than<br />

25% of <strong>to</strong>tal RBC<br />

• S&P capital for asset <strong>risk</strong><br />

is less than 15% of S&P<br />

Net Total Adjusted Capital<br />

Investment/ALM<br />

Committee decision:<br />

• Investment guidelines<br />

• Strategic asset allocation<br />

• Limit allocation<br />

Finally <strong>Risk</strong> Culture is reinforced by:<br />

Asset <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Preference<br />

• A remuneration system which incorporates incentives/disincentives<br />

for management and staff <strong>to</strong><br />

optimize <strong>risk</strong> and returns. The formula for SCOR’s<br />

staff bonuses incorporates a significant element in<br />

respect of individual performance which is <strong>based</strong> on<br />

objective evaluation criteria including a part which<br />

rewards individual contributions <strong>to</strong> effective <strong>risk</strong><br />

management;<br />

Definition of<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Appetite<br />

Total Capital<br />

Allocated<br />

RAC<br />

Assets<br />

Fig. 3: <strong>ERM</strong> affects the entire organization<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>ring and reporting<br />

6 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

RAC<br />

Liabilities<br />

Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Liability <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Preference<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> reporting Governance and direction<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> reporting<br />

Performance moni<strong>to</strong>ring<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> identification & assessment<br />

Mitigation plans + responsibilities<br />

Performance reporting<br />

COMEX<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

COMEX decision:<br />

• Peak limit decision<br />

• Peak limit allocation<br />

• Product selection (NPI)<br />

• LoB/geographic<br />

growth areas<br />

• Underwriting<br />

guidelines<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong>, Group-wide policies and guidelines in areas<br />

such as <strong>ERM</strong>, reserving, underwriting, accounting,<br />

asset management, human capital management,<br />

compliance, internal audit, etc.;<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> internal control standards (including<br />

exposure limits) at the process level.<br />

Policies & Strategy<br />

Prioritization and threshold setting<br />

Appropriateness of <strong>risk</strong> mitigation plans<br />

Decisions, guidance and ”sponsorship“<br />

Process and guidelines improvement<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> / <strong>to</strong>lerances adjustment / change<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> plan execution<br />

Operational Processes Operational Processes<br />

Mission and vision, <strong>risk</strong> policy and appetite


II. <strong>Risk</strong> and Economic Capital<br />

Modeling<br />

The first pillar of <strong>ERM</strong> is the <strong>Risk</strong> and Economic Capital<br />

Modeling of the company. In order <strong>to</strong> be efficient, the<br />

model has <strong>to</strong> include certain characteristics:<br />

• Consistency (of the model), which addresses all<br />

types of <strong>risk</strong> such as underwriting <strong>risk</strong>, market <strong>risk</strong><br />

and credit <strong>risk</strong>. These three <strong>risk</strong> areas are considered<br />

<strong>to</strong> be the most significant for SCOR.<br />

• Quality of the data, which helps <strong>to</strong> resolve<br />

potential deficiencies through regular validation<br />

and processes.<br />

• Appropriateness of assumptions, ensured e.g. by<br />

stress tests.<br />

• Capacity for identifying the main <strong>risk</strong> drivers of<br />

the company.<br />

• Quality assurance of <strong>Risk</strong> Adjusted Capital. The RAC<br />

modeling process and the connection <strong>to</strong> <strong>ERM</strong> and<br />

planning processes i.e. the internal model should be<br />

embedded in the business processes of the company,<br />

thus reinforcing <strong>Risk</strong> Culture.<br />

• Accurate programming and solid change<br />

management go without saying but they are very<br />

important for securing the current status and for<br />

any future changes.<br />

Assets<br />

Investments<br />

<br />

Cash & Short-term<br />

investments<br />

Fixed Income<br />

Equities<br />

Real Estate<br />

Alternative<br />

Investments<br />

Cash flow<br />

Accounting<br />

Economic<br />

Indica<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Economy<br />

Equity indices<br />

GDP<br />

Yield curves<br />

Forex<br />

SCOR includes all relevant <strong>risk</strong>s in its Asset and Liability<br />

<strong>Management</strong> <strong>approach</strong>. Figure 4 illustrates the issue<br />

of consistency. On the balance sheet of an insurance<br />

or reinsurance company, there are assets on one side<br />

and liabilities on the other. Cash flows and accounting<br />

connect assets with liabilities. Broadly speaking, an<br />

insurance or reinsurance company receives a premium<br />

that it invests. When the company has <strong>to</strong> pay claims, it<br />

sells some shares or assets that it has in its possession.<br />

This is the way most of the internal models look at the<br />

dependency between assets and liabilities. Nevertheless,<br />

the Asset and Liability <strong>Management</strong> <strong>approach</strong> is more<br />

complicated in reality as it is impacted by the economic<br />

situation. In fact, all phenomena affecting the economy<br />

have an influence on the value of both assets and<br />

liabilities.<br />

Here are two cases illustrating the question of<br />

dependency:<br />

The first example refers <strong>to</strong> a life insurance company<br />

that is committed <strong>to</strong> paying liabilities in ten years, at an<br />

interest rate of 5%. If the economic climate deteriorates<br />

(for instance, if a crisis occurs), the market value of its<br />

liability will increase because the interest rate will have<br />

decreased. This is because a debt payable in ten years<br />

will appear bigger when the interest rate is low. On<br />

the other hand, the behavior of the assets backing the<br />

expected liability will depend on the nature of those<br />

assets. Usually a large proportion of assets will be<br />

invested in bonds, and if the bond portfolio is chosen<br />

<strong>to</strong> have exactly the same duration as the liabilities<br />

Fig. 4: SCOR integrates all models in its ALM <strong>approach</strong> (consistent model)<br />

Liabilities<br />

Lines of Business (LoB)<br />

LoB1<br />

LoB2<br />

LoB9<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 7


then the value of the bond portfolio will also increase<br />

by the same amount as the liabilities. This so-called<br />

‘perfectly matched’ portfolio is <strong>based</strong>, however, on<br />

the assumption that the expected future liabilities<br />

can be estimated with precision. In practice this is not<br />

always possible – if the liability cash flows turn out<br />

<strong>to</strong> be far greater than originally estimated then there<br />

are no available assets backing the shortfall. But it is<br />

precisely this shortfall that determines the amount of<br />

required capital. If interest rates fall then the value of<br />

this shortfall will increase, thus increasing the amount<br />

of required capital for the company.<br />

The second example focuses on natural catastrophes.<br />

Not all natural catastrophes have the same influence<br />

on the economy. An earthquake in Tokyo is expected <strong>to</strong><br />

impact the economy in many ways. Many studies have<br />

demonstrated that such a quake is likely <strong>to</strong> influence<br />

interest rates, the s<strong>to</strong>ck market, and the Japanese Yen’s<br />

foreign exchange rate.<br />

SCOR’s model deals with such big catastrophes. They<br />

are very important in terms of calculating the capital for<br />

e.g. 1/100 year events. It is thus essential <strong>to</strong> integrate<br />

all the impacts of this type of event in<strong>to</strong> SCOR’s model<br />

in order <strong>to</strong> come up with a realistic estimate of the<br />

required capital. This is the type of information that<br />

determines whether or not the model is consistent.<br />

Named events / stress scenarios*<br />

• Analysis of clearly defined and described events<br />

• Events can have happened in the past<br />

or may be possible in the future<br />

• Events can consist of a single <strong>risk</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>r<br />

or of a combination of several <strong>risk</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

• Definition of direct and indirect impact,<br />

management actions, and contingency plans<br />

Figure 5 presents the pros and cons of two modeling<br />

<strong>approach</strong>es: both s<strong>to</strong>chastic models and extreme scenarios<br />

are an important part of modeling. But since both<br />

<strong>approach</strong>es have their limitations, it is better <strong>to</strong> use both<br />

<strong>approach</strong>es <strong>to</strong> complement each other. The s<strong>to</strong>chastic<br />

models allow (re)insurance companies <strong>to</strong> explore many<br />

possible outcomes. Nonetheless, it is complicated <strong>to</strong><br />

calibrate the interactions between different phenomena<br />

and <strong>to</strong> deduce the <strong>risk</strong>s involved. The extreme scenarios<br />

explore only a few scenarios, so the range of <strong>risk</strong>s is very<br />

constrained. Nevertheless, this enables companies <strong>to</strong><br />

focus on the dependency and <strong>to</strong> build it in<strong>to</strong> the various<br />

scenarios. From a catastrophe such as an earthquake in<br />

Tokyo, it is possible <strong>to</strong> determine the consequences on<br />

the s<strong>to</strong>ck market and the interest rate, depending on<br />

the parameters chosen. By comparing the results of both<br />

<strong>approach</strong>es, it is possible <strong>to</strong> verify the plausibility of the<br />

results. For instance, if the probability given by the internal<br />

model of the outcome of a scenario is consistent with<br />

the examined scenario, this makes it more likely that the<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic model includes the same kind of cases.<br />

Stress tests combining both <strong>approach</strong>es are difficult <strong>to</strong><br />

develop; nonetheless they are very useful because they<br />

reveal <strong>risk</strong>s that are not detectable in the balance sheet.<br />

Thus, the best <strong>approach</strong> for these economic models is<br />

<strong>to</strong> combine s<strong>to</strong>chastic models and extreme scenarios.<br />

Incidentally, this is what the Swiss Solvency test requires<br />

from insurance companies.<br />

.<br />

Fig. 5: Stress Testing: Two forms of worst case analyses should be part of the model<br />

8 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Examples:<br />

- Financial distress<br />

- Severe adverse development in reserves<br />

- Tokyo earthquake<br />

- Retrocessionaires‘ default<br />

* Based on Lloyd’s, RDS, scenario catalog by the Swiss Solvency Test<br />

and SCOR specific scenarios.<br />

Extreme tail scenarios<br />

• Detailed analysis of the various <strong>risk</strong> drivers<br />

of the worst 5% scenarios from the economic<br />

scenario genera<strong>to</strong>r<br />

• Heavy-tailed extrapolation of distributions<br />

deliver truly extreme scenarios<br />

• Scenarios consist of a combination<br />

of Profit & Loss (P&L) and balance sheet impacts<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> driver examples:<br />

- Aviation<br />

- Credit & Surety<br />

- Marine<br />

- Foreign exchange rates<br />

- Interest rates


III. Emerging <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

The second pillar of the <strong>ERM</strong> concept is Emerging <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong>. It is important <strong>to</strong> note that, ten years<br />

from now, nobody would have been in a position <strong>to</strong><br />

foresee the emerging <strong>risk</strong>s that have actually emerged.<br />

The main objective of Emerging <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> is<br />

not so much <strong>to</strong> predict what the future <strong>risk</strong>s are as <strong>to</strong><br />

be well-prepared for their emergence. This objective<br />

could be summarized in three key words:<br />

• Identify potential emerging <strong>risk</strong>s by using internal and<br />

external sources and central information gathering;<br />

• Assess the relevance of emerging <strong>risk</strong>s by identifying<br />

affected areas, estimating economic impact and correlation<br />

with other <strong>risk</strong>s;<br />

• Mitigate emerging <strong>risk</strong>s by hedging/retrocession<br />

strategies, setting exposure limits, changing terms<br />

and conditions and securing access <strong>to</strong> liquidity<br />

(contingent capital, securitization).<br />

Therefore, insurance and reinsurance companies need<br />

<strong>to</strong> develop methods <strong>to</strong> anticipate the potential <strong>risk</strong>s that<br />

could emerge, and above all <strong>to</strong> be prepared <strong>to</strong> mitigate<br />

the <strong>risk</strong>s in question. In the past, <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

has led insurers and reinsurers <strong>to</strong> introduce certain<br />

preventive measures. Many safety regulations for<br />

industry and traffic have been inspired by insurers.<br />

SCOR combines a moni<strong>to</strong>ring system with observers<br />

(“ECHO”) and <strong>to</strong>ols for collecting information from<br />

numerous sources (e.g. “SCORWatch”) <strong>to</strong> track emerging<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s. If a new trend or phenomenon is detected, it<br />

will be analyzed <strong>to</strong> determine if it could be an emerging<br />

<strong>risk</strong>. In the case of an emerging <strong>risk</strong>, an assessment and<br />

mitigation process is triggered.<br />

Within SCOR’s working group over 80 <strong>risk</strong>s have been<br />

identified so far as possible emerging <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

Sample emerging <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

identified at SCOR<br />

• Global pandemic<br />

• IT / Network <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

• Climate change<br />

• Legal / Regula<strong>to</strong>ry shift<br />

• Nuclear/biological/chemical terrorism<br />

• Technology: nanotechnologies, genetically<br />

modified organisms, chemicals<br />

• Product Liability<br />

• New chronic diseases<br />

• Mega projects<br />

• Socio-economic breakdown<br />

What are the options and the practical measures<br />

that (re)insurance companies could take when facing<br />

emerging <strong>risk</strong>s? Here is a sample list:<br />

• Update business continuity plans<br />

• Explore possible reinsurance options <strong>to</strong> mitigate<br />

this <strong>risk</strong><br />

• Include pre-defined clauses in insurance<br />

contracts<br />

• Strengthen underwriting guidelines<br />

• Ensure the existence of back-up systems<br />

• Constantly update the Natural Catastrophe<br />

models<br />

• Examine the possibility of opting out of certain<br />

covers/products/features where the <strong>risk</strong>s are<br />

becoming <strong>to</strong>o high<br />

• Assess the <strong>risk</strong> of parameter uncertainty for longtail<br />

business, review dependencies calculation<br />

• Encourage geographical diversification<br />

All of these measures form part of Emerging <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong>.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 9


IV. <strong>Risk</strong> Control Processes<br />

The third pillar of the Greek temple is the <strong>Risk</strong> Control<br />

Process. This involves updating and moni<strong>to</strong>ring the processes<br />

that have already been implemented. The <strong>risk</strong><br />

control process is centered on three key words:<br />

• Identify<br />

• Assess<br />

• Respond<br />

As mentioned previously, a part of the <strong>Risk</strong> Culture<br />

is <strong>to</strong> establish <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> internal control standards<br />

(including exposure limits). One of the objectives of the<br />

control process is <strong>to</strong> make sure that these standards<br />

are followed by all staff and by the company as a<br />

whole. Every <strong>risk</strong> is measured regularly and then the<br />

current exposure is compared <strong>to</strong> the limits. If need be,<br />

actions are recommended. SCOR also delivers regular<br />

<strong>risk</strong> reporting <strong>to</strong> the major decision makers, Chief<br />

Underwriters, the Executive Committee and the Board<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Committee.<br />

Certain <strong>risk</strong>s must be controlled and measured very<br />

frequently, particularly investment <strong>risk</strong>. For instance,<br />

a bank computes the Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> daily and weekly.<br />

Fig. 6: Loss Event <strong>Management</strong><br />

Generic Headline Loss Process<br />

Fostering transparency of numbers and process<br />

Newsworthy<br />

event occurs<br />

High level<br />

estimate of loss<br />

coordinated by<br />

Claims<br />

Claims trigger the estimation process<br />

<strong>based</strong> on significant expected loss<br />

Proposed guideline: > 1.5m<br />

It is different for an insurance company. Indeed, frequency<br />

control has <strong>to</strong> be adapted <strong>to</strong> the time horizon<br />

of the <strong>risk</strong> in question.<br />

One of the processes involved in <strong>risk</strong> control is Loss Event<br />

<strong>Management</strong>. When a major loss occurs, the question<br />

is how the company will manage the consequences of<br />

the incident. Figure 6 gives an illustration of Loss Event<br />

<strong>Management</strong>.<br />

Taking the recent Chilean earthquake, as an example,<br />

the first thing that the insurance company needs <strong>to</strong><br />

do is <strong>to</strong> evaluate its potential exposure in Chile. If the<br />

first loss estimate is higher than a certain threshold,<br />

then the process of event management is initiated<br />

over one month. During this time, the company<br />

refines its estimation, and checks the underwriting<br />

of the contracts. So it moni<strong>to</strong>rs and reports <strong>to</strong> the<br />

management the <strong>to</strong>tal of the claims involved. Different<br />

parts of the organization will be involved in this process,<br />

e.g. natural disaster specialists, actuaries, underwriters<br />

and claims management units. For a month, a weekly<br />

estimation of the potential losses is computed and<br />

claims are reported contract by contract. After this initial<br />

phase, the moni<strong>to</strong>ring enters a more standard portfolio<br />

review process for as long as is needed <strong>to</strong> assess the full<br />

extent of the loss.<br />

Evaluate Initiate<br />

Moni<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Loss estimation process<br />

is triggered with UW.<br />

Weekly estimation + reporting<br />

of that specific loss event by contract<br />

Event moves in<strong>to</strong> standard portfolio<br />

review process for Headline Large Losses<br />

Online reporting and updating of all HLL events.<br />

Monthly reporting <strong>to</strong> management as a component<br />

part of claims reporting process<br />

48 hours 1 st month Ongoing<br />

Clearly defined interfaces between claims, underwriting, technical accounting and actuarial<br />

Figure 7 gives an example of growth on a company’s<br />

netting plan.<br />

This chart illustrates how a (re)insurance company<br />

manages its exposure through the setting of limits and<br />

the use of reinsurance. The company plans a certain<br />

level of exposure growth, and then it implements a<br />

reinsurance policy so that the peak exposure is slightly<br />

smoothed out, the portfolio remains balanced and<br />

10 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Headline loss<br />

is not actively<br />

moni<strong>to</strong>red<br />

the diversification of the entire company is preserved.<br />

In certain regions the company was not able, for<br />

business reasons, <strong>to</strong> reduce its exposure and ended up<br />

with exposure that was <strong>to</strong>o high; nevertheless, it was<br />

able <strong>to</strong> compensate it with hedging. Thus, the dark blue<br />

portfolio was finally more diversified than the light blue.<br />

This is an integral part of <strong>risk</strong> control and processes.


Fig. 7: Limit setting and enforcement<br />

Gross <strong>to</strong> Net Impact - Illustrative example<br />

Gross and Net distributions (including RI premiums): Single-event claims, 250-year return period<br />

Europe<br />

Winds<strong>to</strong>rm<br />

Turkey<br />

Earthquake<br />

Switzerland<br />

Earthquake<br />

Gross Net of Retrocession / RIPs<br />

Japan<br />

Earthquake<br />

Reinsurance companies negotiate their Treaty P&C contracts<br />

mainly over two months in the year (November<br />

and December for Europe, February and March for<br />

Japan). During this period, it is highly important <strong>to</strong><br />

moni<strong>to</strong>r the exposures that underwriters propose <strong>to</strong><br />

their cus<strong>to</strong>mers. The curve in Figure 8 shows a sample<br />

contract exposure.<br />

The company determines its authorized capacity. It is<br />

possible <strong>to</strong> propose more than the authorized capacity<br />

because not all contract proposals will be taken up by<br />

Fig. 8: <strong>Risk</strong> Moni<strong>to</strong>ring/Limit Control<br />

Renewal Process: <strong>Risk</strong> View<br />

Limit Setting<br />

(Net Appetite)<br />

Constant<br />

Feedback<br />

Loop<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Control<br />

(Outwards options,<br />

additional limits,<br />

scale-down)<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Reporting<br />

(Renewal Report)<br />

Japan<br />

Typhoon<br />

06.11<br />

USA<br />

Earthquake<br />

USA<br />

Hurricane<br />

Caribbean<br />

HU<br />

cus<strong>to</strong>mers. There is, however, a point where the proposed<br />

capacities, even though they are not all accepted,<br />

will run a high <strong>risk</strong> of ending up above the set limits.<br />

This is the point where the Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officer must intervene.<br />

In this example, the Executive Committee decided,<br />

following intervention by the CRO, <strong>to</strong> authorize more<br />

capacity <strong>to</strong> underwriters. At the end of the renewal<br />

period the bound contracts had an accumulated exposure<br />

lower than the initially authorised capacity, but the<br />

<strong>risk</strong> was <strong>to</strong>o high for the CRO not <strong>to</strong> intervene. Once<br />

the contracts are bound, it is <strong>to</strong>o late.<br />

Renewal Process: Moni<strong>to</strong>ring<br />

14.11<br />

Illustrative example:<br />

Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officer Intervention<br />

Estimated<br />

Exposure<br />

24.11<br />

01.12<br />

08.12<br />

Authorized<br />

capacity<br />

15.12<br />

20.12<br />

27.12<br />

03.01<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 11


V. Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> constitutes the “roof”<br />

of <strong>ERM</strong>. Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> ensures that the<br />

company’s return on capital (upside) objectives and<br />

<strong>risk</strong> (downside) constraints are reconciled. It can be<br />

decomposed in<strong>to</strong> three parts:<br />

• Definition of a <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework (which is an<br />

integral part of the company’s strategic goals);<br />

• Development of various business strategies that<br />

enable the company <strong>to</strong> satisfy the objectives and<br />

constraints set out in the <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework;<br />

• Constant management of the <strong>risk</strong> profile <strong>to</strong> ensure it<br />

remains aligned with the <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework<br />

RISK APPETITE FRAMEWORK<br />

A company’s <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework should be defined<br />

by the company’s Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs or equivalent<br />

supervisory body. The <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework should<br />

be systematically reviewed when a new Strategic Plan<br />

is developed. At SCOR, the review entails discussions<br />

in the Executive <strong>Management</strong> Committee and in<br />

the Board <strong>Risk</strong> Committee of the key implications of<br />

potential changes <strong>to</strong> the <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework.<br />

Recommendations are then made <strong>to</strong> the Board.<br />

In exceptional circumstances the Board may vary the<br />

amount and the composition of <strong>risk</strong> which the Group<br />

is prepared <strong>to</strong> take.<br />

The <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework encompasses three<br />

concepts: <strong>risk</strong> appetite, <strong>risk</strong> preferences and <strong>risk</strong><br />

<strong>to</strong>lerances.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> appetite<br />

Fig. 9: Framework <strong>to</strong> Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

12 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Allocation between<br />

- Lines of Business (LoB)<br />

- Perils<br />

- Markets<br />

- Regions<br />

- Contract types<br />

- Clients<br />

Retro strategy<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> appetite defines the quantity of <strong>risk</strong> which a<br />

company wishes <strong>to</strong> accept <strong>to</strong> achieve a desired level<br />

of profitability. This will determine where the company<br />

wishes <strong>to</strong> position itself on the <strong>risk</strong>-return spectrum<br />

(between extremely <strong>risk</strong> averse i.e. low <strong>risk</strong>-low return<br />

and an extreme <strong>risk</strong> taker i.e. high <strong>risk</strong>-high return).<br />

SCOR uses a target retained <strong>risk</strong> profile (probability<br />

distribution of economic profits and losses) and target<br />

expected profitability <strong>to</strong> provide a complete definition<br />

of its <strong>risk</strong> appetite. A comparison of SCOR’s actual and<br />

target retained <strong>risk</strong> profile and profitability is regularly<br />

reported <strong>to</strong> the Board via the Board <strong>Risk</strong> Committee.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> preferences<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> preferences are qualitative descriptions of the <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

which the Group is willing <strong>to</strong> accept i.e. the type of<br />

<strong>risk</strong> the company wants <strong>to</strong> take:<br />

• Mo<strong>to</strong>r or Property on the P&C side?<br />

• Mortality, Accident & Health or Disability on the Life<br />

side?<br />

• Low uncertainty or high uncertainty business?<br />

i.e. working layers or remote catastrophe layers?<br />

• Geographical areas? E.g. Europe or Asia?<br />

SCOR wishes <strong>to</strong> cover a wide range of reinsurance <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

from many geographical areas. SCOR has no desire <strong>to</strong><br />

take operational, legal, regula<strong>to</strong>ry, tax or reputation<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s (but this does not mean that SCOR is immune <strong>to</strong><br />

these <strong>risk</strong>s).<br />

This choice will determine the <strong>risk</strong>s <strong>to</strong> be included in<br />

SCOR’s underwriting guidelines.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> appetite, <strong>risk</strong> preference, <strong>risk</strong> profile, <strong>risk</strong> limits<br />

Strategic liability<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-return-management<br />

Strategic asset and ALM<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-return-management<br />

- Strategic asset allocation<br />

- Hedging strategies<br />

- Duration (mis-)matching<br />

- Currency (mis-)matching


<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances define the limits required by the company’s<br />

stakeholders (clients, shareholders, regula<strong>to</strong>rs, etc).<br />

SCOR defines two types of <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances as follows:<br />

• The amount of retained exposure for each Line of<br />

Business (LoB) and asset class is limited <strong>to</strong> ensure<br />

that the contribution of each LoB or asset class <strong>to</strong> the<br />

95% TVaR of the annual Group economic profit/loss<br />

probability distribution does not exceed 5% (7.5%<br />

DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS STRATEGIES<br />

THAT SATISFY THE OBJECTIVES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS SET OUT IN THE RISK<br />

APPETITE FRAMEWORK<br />

(i.e. <strong>risk</strong>-return optimization)<br />

Situations where optimized business strategies are<br />

developed include:<br />

• Definition of the strategic plan, which may include a<br />

possible revision of the <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework.<br />

In September 2010 SCOR launched its new three-year<br />

Strategic Plan “Strong Momentum” which replaced the<br />

previous plan “Dynamic Lift”. The ”Strong Momentum“<br />

plan has three targets over the cycle:<br />

- Increase moderately (relative <strong>to</strong> the previous<br />

“Dynamic Lift” strategic plan) the target <strong>risk</strong><br />

profile in the middle of the profit/loss probability<br />

distribution with no increase on tail <strong>risk</strong>s (after<br />

hedging).<br />

for CAT business) of the Group’s available economic<br />

capital. These limits are intended <strong>to</strong> avoid concentration<br />

of <strong>risk</strong> in specific LoBs or asset classes and as such<br />

help <strong>to</strong> maintain a well diversified portfolio.<br />

• The amount of retained exposure of the Group (from<br />

one or several LoBs or asset classes) <strong>to</strong> very extreme<br />

scenarios (with a probability of 1 in 250 years) is limited<br />

<strong>to</strong> a loss of 15% of the Group’s available economic<br />

capital. These limits are designed <strong>to</strong> limit the impact of<br />

extreme scenarios on the shareholders’ capital.<br />

Fig. 10: Strategic <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> means basing business decisions<br />

on <strong>Risk</strong>/Return analysis<br />

Analysis<br />

of the<br />

renewal<br />

results<br />

Modeling<br />

of current<br />

portfolio<br />

- <strong>Risk</strong> appetite<br />

- Limit definitions<br />

for exposures<br />

- Pricing parameters<br />

- New product reviews<br />

Timeline<br />

January June November<br />

ALM<br />

Business planning<br />

Strategic<br />

targets<br />

(capital<br />

allocation)<br />

Business<br />

planning<br />

Modeling<br />

of the<br />

planned<br />

portfolio<br />

(<strong>risk</strong> budget)<br />

- Cat limits<br />

- Retro strategy<br />

- Capital consumption<br />

Strategic<br />

asset<br />

allocation<br />

(investments)<br />

Renewal<br />

pricing<br />

against<br />

the planned<br />

portfolio<br />

- Alignment of the asset<br />

portfolio <strong>to</strong> the plan<br />

- Strategic Asset Allocation<br />

- Allocation of extracapacity<br />

- Increase Return on Shareholders’ Equity (RoE) <strong>to</strong><br />

1,000 bps above <strong>risk</strong>-free rate over the cycle.<br />

- Reach an “AA” level of security(1)<br />

for clients<br />

by 2013.<br />

• Definition of business units’ annual underwriting<br />

plans<br />

Capital management is firmly embedded in SCOR’s<br />

business planning processes. Figure 10 shows how the<br />

process of modeling <strong>risk</strong>s is incorporated in SCOR’s<br />

P&C business unit’s planning process. After the P&C<br />

renewal period the results are analyzed and the portfolio<br />

is modeled. From this, business targets, new<br />

pricing parameters and products are defined for next<br />

year, and all this information is brought <strong>to</strong>gether in the<br />

P&C business plan. Capital allocations by LoB are also<br />

defined for next year. This allows SCOR <strong>to</strong> measure<br />

the performance of a LoB and <strong>to</strong> reduce or increase<br />

the exposure according <strong>to</strong> the potential results of that<br />

particular LoB. The business plan also includes Natural<br />

(1) This reflects the level of security provided by SCOR according <strong>to</strong><br />

the S&P scale; however it does not reflect any Rating Agencies’<br />

opinions of the Group.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 13


Catastrophe limits, a retrocession strategy and a <strong>to</strong>tal<br />

capital consumption concerning the next year. If there<br />

is any extra capital, a decision is made about what <strong>to</strong><br />

do with it. The projected portfolio is then modeled,<br />

enabling SCOR <strong>to</strong> define asset allocations (within the<br />

boundaries of the strategic asset allocation) for the<br />

next year. After this, the renewal period begins.<br />

• Strategic asset allocation<br />

Strategic asset allocation determines the optimal<br />

asset portfolio mix that will protect the liabilities. The<br />

strategic asset allocation should be reflected in the<br />

company’s capital model and used <strong>to</strong> define limits<br />

and <strong>risk</strong> budgets.<br />

• Individual business decisions e.g. pricing, terms<br />

and conditions, product design<br />

• Mergers and acquisitions<br />

Taken <strong>to</strong>gether, the above actions lead <strong>to</strong> portfolio<br />

optimization at the company level which, in turn,<br />

facilitates the development of a <strong>risk</strong> management<br />

culture within the company.<br />

MANAGEMENT OF THE RISK PROFILE<br />

Using various <strong>risk</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>ring and response mechanisms<br />

within its <strong>ERM</strong> Framework, SCOR’s Executive<br />

<strong>Management</strong> and the Board <strong>Risk</strong> Committee periodically<br />

review the Group’s actual <strong>risk</strong> profile and are<br />

systematically informed of any deviation from the target<br />

<strong>risk</strong> profile. In particular actual exposures are moni<strong>to</strong>red<br />

against <strong>risk</strong> exposure limits for different Lines of<br />

Business, derived from the Group’s <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances.<br />

14 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Variations in the Group’s retained <strong>risk</strong> profile may<br />

occur due <strong>to</strong> a change in the underlying asset and<br />

liability portfolios and changes in the level of <strong>risk</strong>iness<br />

of certain parts of the asset and liabilities, e.g. due <strong>to</strong><br />

rapid or slowly emerging changes in the economic,<br />

financial, social, legal and regula<strong>to</strong>ry environments.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>ring and response mechanisms enable<br />

companies <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• Take mitigating actions <strong>to</strong> ensure that the company’s<br />

retained exposure <strong>to</strong> specific <strong>risk</strong>s remains<br />

within the defined exposure limits<br />

The first part of SCOR’s Capital Shield Policy – active<br />

hedging of peak exposures through retrocession and<br />

Insurance linked Securities (ILS) – is a key mitigation<br />

mechanism. The level of retrocession is selected <strong>to</strong><br />

ensure that the Group’s retained <strong>risk</strong> profile respects<br />

the Group’s <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances.<br />

• Take capital management actions <strong>to</strong> ensure that<br />

the Group’s capital base remains aligned <strong>to</strong> the<br />

<strong>risk</strong> appetite framework<br />

The second part of SCOR’s Capital Shield Policy –<br />

holding of Buffer Capital in addition <strong>to</strong> the required<br />

solvency capital – is a key capital management<br />

mechanism. The level of Buffer Capital is chosen <strong>to</strong><br />

be consistent with SCOR’s <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework<br />

and strategic targets and enables SCOR <strong>to</strong> absorb<br />

a significant amount of inherent volatility in annual<br />

results, without having <strong>to</strong> turn <strong>to</strong> the market <strong>to</strong>o<br />

frequently <strong>to</strong> raise capital.


Conclusion<br />

As a conclusion, it can be asserted that <strong>ERM</strong> is nothing<br />

less than sound insurance practice:<br />

• It allows (re)insurance companies <strong>to</strong> steer the<br />

business;<br />

• It enables them <strong>to</strong> define the value drivers of<br />

insurance;<br />

• It allows them <strong>to</strong> measure the performance of the<br />

business;<br />

• It encompasses the whole organization and its<br />

processes;<br />

• It makes the company more transparent <strong>to</strong> all<br />

stakeholders.<br />

Fig. 11: Strategic Asset Allocation (SAA) <strong>based</strong> on efficient frontier<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> versus Return (efficient frontier)<br />

Expected return<br />

Scenarios of equity allocations<br />

0% equity allocation<br />

Optimum equity allocation<br />

Downside <strong>risk</strong> (<strong>based</strong> on expected shortfall)<br />

HOW IS THE STRATEGIC ASSET ALLOCATION<br />

DET<strong>ERM</strong>INED?<br />

Figure 11 shows a typical <strong>risk</strong>/reward curve, the x-axis<br />

representing the downside <strong>risk</strong> <strong>based</strong> on the expected<br />

shortfall, while the y-axis corresponds <strong>to</strong> the expected<br />

return of the strategy. The curve is computed by<br />

varying the proportion of equity in the investment<br />

portfolio. Both the <strong>risk</strong> and the reward are computed<br />

using the full asset and liability portfolio. The red<br />

point on the graph has 0% of equity. This means<br />

the company has only invested in fixed income.<br />

From 5%, it can build what is called the efficient<br />

frontier, which is basically the point at which it could<br />

obtain the maximum return for the minimum <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

This curve represents the set of optimal strategies<br />

This is why SCOR firmly believes that <strong>ERM</strong> does not<br />

simply represent a passing trend but is a concrete way<br />

for an insurance company <strong>to</strong> become more professional<br />

and more competitive. As with everything in life, there<br />

is a price <strong>to</strong> pay: <strong>ERM</strong> requires a long-term commitment<br />

<strong>to</strong> excellence from the entire organization.<br />

The image used in this article <strong>to</strong> understand the structure<br />

of the <strong>ERM</strong> concept is a Greek temple, therefore we will<br />

let a Famous Greek philosopher, Aris<strong>to</strong>tle, conclude:<br />

“We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence, therefore,<br />

is not an act, but a habit.”<br />

The investment strategy is <strong>based</strong> on:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong>/return considerations<br />

for the entire shareholder’s equity<br />

(including liability <strong>risk</strong>)<br />

• And <strong>risk</strong> aversion as defined<br />

by <strong>to</strong>p management<br />

depending on the amount of equity in the investment<br />

portfolio. To determine the optimal asset allocation<br />

of the company, it is necessary <strong>to</strong> determine a target<br />

return. With this return it is easy <strong>to</strong> construct the<br />

corresponding straight line. The point where this<br />

line <strong>to</strong>uches the curve is the point of the optimal<br />

asset allocation in light of the company’s profile.<br />

However, optimal asset allocation is not sufficient for<br />

a complete strategic asset allocation, because given<br />

the fluctuations of financial markets it is not possible<br />

<strong>to</strong> follow it constantly. It is needed <strong>to</strong> determine<br />

bands around which the allocation can move. For<br />

this, the company also needs <strong>to</strong> have a maximum<br />

and a minimum so as <strong>to</strong> limit the <strong>risk</strong>s and <strong>to</strong> allow<br />

for tactical asset allocation within those boundaries.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 15


2<br />

ADAPTING SOLVENCY<br />

REGULATIONS TO<br />

TIMES OF CRISIS MICHEL DACOROGNA<br />

Deputy Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officer, SCOR<br />

With the advent of the economic<br />

and financial crisis, the question of solvency is<br />

increasingly under discussion. This article addresses<br />

the current financial crisis and its consequences<br />

on solvency requirements and takes a fresh look<br />

at crises and their characteristics. It ultimately<br />

presents concrete proposals <strong>to</strong> make the regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

system more flexible in terms of responding <strong>to</strong><br />

future crises.<br />

I. Financial crises form part<br />

of the economic system<br />

The current developments in the financial industry<br />

are among the worst economic crises in his<strong>to</strong>ry, as<br />

described in the diagram below. This shows a large<br />

sample created by a his<strong>to</strong>rian on the movements of the<br />

New York s<strong>to</strong>ck market from the 1800s <strong>to</strong> 2008:<br />

Fig. 12: The current developments in the financial industry line up amongst<br />

the worst economic crises in his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

S&P index annual returns from 1800 <strong>to</strong> 2008<br />

What is next?<br />

We are here!<br />

1965 9.1%<br />

2004 9.0%<br />

1959 8.5%<br />

1886 8.5%<br />

1845 8.1%<br />

1968 7.7%<br />

1830 7.4%<br />

1921 7.4%<br />

1871 7.3%<br />

1993 7.1%<br />

1802 6.8%<br />

1872 6.8%<br />

1899 6.5%<br />

1864 6.4%<br />

1878 6.1%<br />

1821 6.1%<br />

1926 5.7%<br />

1870 5.6%<br />

1840 5.5%<br />

1824 5.1%<br />

1832 4.8%<br />

1820 4.7%<br />

1806 4.6%<br />

1992 4.5% 1885 19.8%<br />

1807 4.4% 1852 19.6%<br />

1981 -9.7% 1856 4.4% 1999 19.5%<br />

1803 -9.6% 1866 3.6% 1943 19.4%<br />

1877 -9.4% 2007 3.5% 1976 19.1%<br />

1914 -8.6% 1889 3.5% 1898 18.9%<br />

1883 -8.5% 1812 3.5% 1963 18.9%<br />

1865 -8.5% 1916 3.4% 1924 18.8%<br />

1811 -7.5% 1906 3.1% 1850 18.7%<br />

1884 -18.8% 1819 -7.5% 1835 3.1% 1880 18.7%<br />

1903 -18.4% 1953 -6.6% 2005 3.0% 1891 17.6%<br />

1842 -18.1% 1887 -6.6% 1881 3.0% 1983 17.3%<br />

1876 -17.9% 1990 -6.6% 1831 3.0% 1951 16.5%<br />

1941 -17.9% 1934 -6.0% 1912 3.0% 1918 16.4%<br />

1973 -17.4% 1825 -5.8% 1874 2.8% 1901 15.7%<br />

1814 -16.7% 1939 -5.4% 1815 2.7% 1905 15.6%<br />

1940 -15.3% 1822 -4.8% 1956 2.6% 1972 15.6%<br />

1932 -15.2% 1805 -4.4% 1987 2.0% 1844 15.5%<br />

1846 -14.5% 1804 -4.3% 1892 1.8% 1982 14.8%<br />

1957 -14.3% 1875 -4.1% 1869 1.7% 1986 14.6%<br />

1913 -14.3% 1816 -3.8% 1838 1.6% 1858 14.3% 1915 29.0%<br />

1890 -13.5% 1848 -3.6% 1867 1.6% 1900 14.1% 1936 27.8%<br />

1841 -13.3% 1818 -3.2% 1855 1.5% 1909 14.1% 1989 27.3%<br />

1966 -13.1% 1851 -3.2% 1984 1.4% 1860 14.0% 1998 26.7%<br />

2001 -13.0% 1827 -3.1% 1902 1.3% 1919 14.0% 2003 26.4%<br />

1873 -12.7% 1960 -3.0% 1847 1.2% 1944 13.8% 1955 26.4%<br />

1853 -12.7% 1882 -2.9% 1813 1.1% 2006 13.6% 1985 26.3%<br />

1839 -12.3% 1894 -2.5% 1978 1.1% 1834 13.0% 1991 26.3%<br />

1910 -12.1% 1888 -2.5% 1809 1.1% 1964 13.0% 1980 25.8%<br />

1929 -11.9% 1896 -2.3% 1911 0.7% 1897 12.6% 1904 25.6% 1958 38.1%<br />

1946 -11.9% 1810 -2.1% 1895 0.5% 1942 12.4% 1938 25.3% 1863 38.0%<br />

1962 -11.8% 1861 -1.8% 1970 0.1% 1988 12.4% 2009 23.5% 1928 37.9%<br />

1937 -38.6% 1836 -11.7% 1994 -1.5% 1808 0.0% 1979 12.3% 1925 23.3% 1908 37.4%<br />

2008 -38.5% 1974 -29.7% 1977 -11.5% 1923 -1.5% 1823 0.0% 1817 11.9% 1961 23.1% 1995 34.1% 1933 46.6%<br />

1907 -33.2% 1930 -28.5% 1837 -11.5% 1829 -1.1% 1826 0.0% 1952 11.8% 1950 21.8% 1975 31.5% 1954 45.0%<br />

1857 -31.0% 1920 -24.5% 1969 -11.4% 1833 -0.9% 1828 0.0% 1971 10.8% 1922 20.9% 1997 31.0% 1843 45.0%<br />

1917 -30.6% 2002 -23.4% 1859 -10.7% 1948 -0.7% 1849 0.0% 1868 10.8% 1996 20.3% 1927 30.9% 1879 43%<br />

1931 -47% 1854 -30.2% 1893 -20% 2000 -10.1% 1801 -0.1% 1947 0.0% 1949 10.3% 1967 20.1% 1945 30.7% 1935 41.5ç 1862 55.4%<br />

To -50% To -40% To -30% To -20% To -10% 0-10% 10-20% 20-30% 30-40% 40-50% 50-60%<br />

Source: globalfinancialdata.com<br />

16 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

2009 showed<br />

a +24% return


The cells (Figure 12) contain the yearly returns of the<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ck market from -50% <strong>to</strong> +50% <strong>to</strong> 60%, and are<br />

ordered by size. The 2008 crisis, at -38.5%, is the third<br />

largest yearly negative return in 210 years. The year<br />

1937 comes second, differing from 2008 by only 0.1%.<br />

The worst year is 1931 at -47%.<br />

The internet bubble that burst in 2000 caused a<br />

decrease of 10% (-10%) at the end of the year. The<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ck market returns of 2000-2002 provoked a decrease<br />

of 23% (-23%), while the crisis of 2008 generated<br />

a drop of 38.5% (-38.5%). In 2009, s<strong>to</strong>ck market<br />

returns recorded an increase of 24%; nonetheless the<br />

same phenomenon occurred for the other crises. This<br />

temporary recovery should not be taken as the end of<br />

the turbulence created by the financial crisis.<br />

The financial crisis has caused previously unimaginable<br />

wealth losses: In May 2008, the hundred largest banks<br />

in the world lost USD 384 billion. Among them were<br />

Citigroup: USD 43 billion, UBS: USD 39 billion and Merrill<br />

Lynch: USD 37 billion. The Gross Domestic Product (GDP)<br />

of all OECD countries dropped by 2% in the last quarter<br />

of 2008 and by 2.1% in the first quarter of 2009.<br />

AIG lost USD 100 billion during the last quarter of 2008.<br />

This corresponds <strong>to</strong> USD 300,000 per minute, 24 hours<br />

a day, 7 days a week! These are amounts that defy the<br />

imagination.<br />

Crises are a part of human his<strong>to</strong>ry, whether they are<br />

man-made or natural. His<strong>to</strong>ry shows that mankind<br />

has been exposed <strong>to</strong> many natural catastrophes and<br />

man-made crises, looking back over just two centuries:<br />

• Since 1825 the volcano Vesuvius has had 9 periods<br />

of eruption (1) . During the twentieth century volcanic<br />

eruptions caused fewer than 1,000 deaths per year.<br />

However, two events caused more than half the deaths<br />

recorded in the last century: 29,000 killed for the 1902<br />

eruption of Mont Pelée (on the island of Martinique)<br />

and 23,000 killed for the 1985 eruption of Nevado del<br />

Ruiz (in Colombia) (2) . More recently, the 2004 Asian<br />

Tsunami claimed more than 170,000 lives (3) .<br />

• Over this period, the S&P 500 index has lost 9 times<br />

more than 20% in a year. When looking at those<br />

facts, one is almost tempted <strong>to</strong> think that crisis is<br />

more the norm than the exception.<br />

Many crises have already been recorded; it is very likely<br />

that there are many more <strong>to</strong> come. Even if it is impossible<br />

<strong>to</strong> foresee such catastrophes, the idea is <strong>to</strong> be prepared<br />

and <strong>to</strong> adapt the financial system <strong>to</strong> face up <strong>to</strong> crises with<br />

as little damage as possible. This means that companies<br />

and regula<strong>to</strong>rs have <strong>to</strong> change their general mindset.<br />

The focus should be much more on how companies can<br />

survive these crises unharmed than on trying <strong>to</strong> predict or<br />

avoid crises. Avoiding crises is probably an unachievable<br />

goal, so let us see how <strong>to</strong> survive them instead.<br />

WHAT IS BEHIND THE CURRENT SEVERE<br />

CRISIS? WHAT ARE ITS CHARACTERISTICS?<br />

Existing measures have shown their limits in terms of<br />

preventing severe crises from recurring and preventing<br />

<strong>risk</strong> from asphyxiating the development of the financial<br />

system through excessive capital requirements and<br />

deleveraging. It is thus very important <strong>to</strong> analyze the<br />

current crisis and <strong>to</strong> come up with new ideas for how<br />

<strong>to</strong> handle such exceptional situations.<br />

Three characteristics come out of any financial crisis:<br />

• A crisis, almost by definition, comes as a surprise<br />

because it reveals links between <strong>risk</strong>s that were<br />

previously neglected;<br />

• The <strong>risk</strong> appetite of market ac<strong>to</strong>rs is irresponsibly<br />

high, and accompanied by high financial leverage;<br />

• There is an excessive concentration of aggregate <strong>risk</strong><br />

in highly leveraged financial institutions.<br />

(1) Source Volcano Discovery.<br />

(2) Environmental Hazards: Assessing <strong>Risk</strong> and Reducing Disaster.<br />

(3) World Bank.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 17


The surprises that have the potential <strong>to</strong> trigger severe<br />

financial crises are not simply bad realizations within<br />

a known probabilistic environment. Rather, they are<br />

changes in the environment itself. It is this “rare event”<br />

feature that holds the key as it has the potential <strong>to</strong><br />

trigger a sharp rise in perceived uncertainty and flight<br />

<strong>to</strong> quality. An example of such a surprise <strong>to</strong>ok place<br />

when the Reserve Primary Fund, a leading money market<br />

fund, did not reimburse at par after Lehman declared<br />

bankruptcy (breaking the buck). The authority thought<br />

that because Lehman did not have a very high Credit<br />

Default Swap (CDS) exposure and the CDS exposure<br />

of the Reserve Primary Fund was so high, its failure<br />

would not catch the market by surprise. Unfortunately,<br />

the Primary Fund had invested 1.2% of its assets in<br />

Lehman’s debt.<br />

Immediately after Lehman filed for bankruptcy, the<br />

fund suffered a massive run, with over USD 30 billion<br />

of redemption requests (about half of its <strong>to</strong>tal assets),<br />

before it s<strong>to</strong>pped accepting redemption requests the<br />

following day. Money market funds had been considered<br />

extremely safe, and had indeed benefited from the<br />

flight <strong>to</strong> quality the previous year, growing by about<br />

USD 850 billion (34%) since mid-2007. The drop in the<br />

Reserve Primary Fund’s NAV caused inves<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> question<br />

the safety of the entire industry and the first under-par<br />

redemption from a Money Market fund since their<br />

creation in 1968. That week, there were USD 169 billion<br />

in redemptions from <strong>to</strong>tal investments of USD 3.4 trillion<br />

(5%), as well as a major shift from prime funds <strong>to</strong>wards<br />

funds investing exclusively in government debt.<br />

In retrospect, the consequences of Lehman’s demise<br />

on the Primary Fund could have been predicted: public<br />

filings showed large investments in Lehman as early<br />

as November 2007. Anyone who <strong>to</strong>ok the trouble <strong>to</strong><br />

connect the dots could, in principle, have foreseen<br />

what might happen. However, money market funds<br />

had a track record of stability that had always made it<br />

unnecessary <strong>to</strong> inspect their holdings. The realization<br />

that there might be further losses in previously<br />

unexamined places led inves<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> intensify their flight<br />

<strong>to</strong> quality. The main failure was in not understanding<br />

that relatively “small effects” could generate huge<br />

impacts and create confusion for the entire system.<br />

Surprises quickly trigger a chain of unexpected events<br />

from the panic they engender. In times of crisis small<br />

effects can generate huge impacts.<br />

18 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The second important trigger for a severe crisis is the<br />

highly leveraged and interconnected sec<strong>to</strong>r of the<br />

economy, generally the financial sec<strong>to</strong>r, being exposed<br />

(directly or indirectly) <strong>to</strong> a surprise of the kind discussed<br />

earlier. Aggregate <strong>risk</strong>s are those exposed <strong>to</strong> aggregate<br />

shocks impacting the entire economy. Investment in<br />

structured products has exposed financial institutions<br />

<strong>to</strong> more aggregate <strong>risk</strong> and surprises than in the past.<br />

In the current crisis, banks were holding mostly AAAtranches<br />

of a large variety of new ABS (Asset Backed<br />

Securities) (85% of assets held in securitized form).<br />

These tranches rely on protection from junior tranches<br />

and from the law of large numbers in order <strong>to</strong> reduce<br />

the <strong>risk</strong> of default enough <strong>to</strong> achieve an AAA-rating.<br />

The law of large numbers implies that the loss on a pool<br />

with a sufficient number of underlying assets, as was the<br />

case with most ABS, can only occur when an aggregate<br />

shock takes place. Furthermore, the higher up a given<br />

structure is situated, the larger the aggregated shock<br />

must be for it <strong>to</strong> pierce the protection offered by the junior<br />

tranches. Losses large enough <strong>to</strong> affect the AAA-tranche<br />

only occur in situations of severe aggregate shocks,<br />

but this is exactly what large surprises do! Therefore<br />

holdings of AAA-tranches of structured products<br />

exposed financial institutions <strong>to</strong> more systemic <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

than their rating, when misinterpreted, would suggest,<br />

and certainly more than similarly rated “single name”<br />

corporate bonds. Corporate bonds are still affected by<br />

macroeconomic conditions but idiosyncratic fac<strong>to</strong>rs play<br />

a larger role. Downgraded structured financial securities<br />

lost on average between 5 and 6 notches in the period<br />

2007/2008. By comparison, during the great corporate<br />

bond downgrade of 2001/2002 (30% of corporate<br />

bonds were downgraded) the average notch-loss<br />

was 1.8. The systemic consequence of this <strong>risk</strong> was<br />

that highly leveraged institutions were bearing more<br />

aggregate <strong>risk</strong>s than would have been thought from<br />

simply observing the average ratings of their assets.<br />

Having the financial sec<strong>to</strong>r of the economy holding such<br />

<strong>risk</strong> with respect <strong>to</strong> aggregate surprise proved <strong>to</strong> be a<br />

recipe for disaster.<br />

Surprise and aggregate <strong>risk</strong>s are major causes for<br />

financial crises. Neither element is likely <strong>to</strong> disappear<br />

soon. One can thus expect that the economy, despite<br />

all attempts <strong>to</strong> protect it, will suffer shocks in the future.<br />

The correct <strong>risk</strong> management policy is <strong>to</strong> prepare the<br />

organization for the occurrence of such shocks and <strong>to</strong><br />

make sure that the company can survive them. Rather<br />

than trying <strong>to</strong> predict the next crisis or <strong>to</strong> avoid it,<br />

(re)insurance companies should concentrate on making<br />

sure that their <strong>risk</strong> management model integrates the<br />

occurrence of crisis with a reasonable probability. Only<br />

in this way will organizations be prepared <strong>to</strong> face major<br />

disruptions in the financial markets.


II. Consequences of financial<br />

crises on insurance capital<br />

requirements<br />

SCOR was actually very prudent during the crisis, building<br />

a huge cash position. Retrospectively, this proved <strong>to</strong> be<br />

the right thing <strong>to</strong> do, especially with a good model.<br />

However, this policy drew questions from the regula<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

because it departed from the usual ALM strategies. It is<br />

thus useful <strong>to</strong> look at the impact of the crisis on SCOR’s<br />

internal model <strong>to</strong> understand why the company acted<br />

like this and <strong>to</strong> see what a good alternative could be in<br />

terms of regulation during times of crisis.<br />

THE MAIN CONSEQUENCES OF THE CRISIS<br />

ON SCOR’S INTERNAL MODEL<br />

Good <strong>risk</strong> models would show an increased <strong>risk</strong> of the<br />

situation and thus come up with higher <strong>risk</strong> adjusted<br />

capital than in quieter times. This is natural because<br />

the model reflects inherent uncertainty, which naturally<br />

increases during turbulent times. Requiring companies<br />

<strong>to</strong> keep the same level of security as before the crisis<br />

would require a significant increases in capital. The<br />

following example examines the consequences of the<br />

crisis on SCOR’s internal model.<br />

Some consequences are directly linked <strong>to</strong> the fall of<br />

interest rates:<br />

Fig. 13: <strong>Risk</strong>-Free Rate development<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical 10Y <strong>Risk</strong>-Free Rates<br />

in %<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Aug. 87<br />

Aug. 89 Aug. 91 Aug. 93<br />

10Y US T-bond<br />

• The life model required more capital for mortality<br />

due <strong>to</strong> the fall in interest rates. This translated <strong>to</strong><br />

more capital for the whole SCOR portfolio. It is easy<br />

<strong>to</strong> understand that a liability payable in ten years<br />

appears bigger if the interest rate is low.<br />

• At the same time, SCOR’s available capital experienced<br />

a marked decrease. Using the same yield curve as<br />

before the crisis would have resulted in an increase in<br />

the available capital. Due <strong>to</strong> the fall in the discounting<br />

benefit of P&C reserves, the available capital looks<br />

smaller, even though aside from the interest rate<br />

nothing has changed in the portfolio.<br />

Other consequences are linked <strong>to</strong> the increased volatility<br />

of financial markets and increased credit <strong>risk</strong>:<br />

• During the crisis the volatility of s<strong>to</strong>ck returns more<br />

than doubled.<br />

• Credit spread skyrocketed for reinsurance <strong>to</strong> more<br />

than 2,000 basis points.<br />

Those cumulated effects significantly reduce the<br />

solvency ratio of companies. SCOR has seen a significant<br />

drop in its solvency ratio even though there were no<br />

significant changes in its liability portfolio and its asset<br />

portfolio was significantly de<strong>risk</strong>ed. Luckily SCOR was<br />

well capitalized; otherwise the company would have<br />

had <strong>to</strong> go <strong>to</strong> the financial markets <strong>to</strong> get more cash<br />

at a time of liquidity squeeze, thus accentuating the<br />

lack of liquidity.<br />

Aug. 95 Aug. 97 Aug. 99 Aug. 01 Aug. 03 Aug. 05 Aug. 07 Aug. 09<br />

10Y German Bund<br />

10Y French OAT<br />

10Y US T-bond: 3.68x<br />

10Y French OAT: 3.502x<br />

10Y German Bund: 3.26x<br />

Source: Reuters as of 22 Jan. 2010.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 19


OTHER ECONOMIC INDICATORS<br />

SUCH AS INFLATION MAY BE TAKEN<br />

INTO CONSIDERATION<br />

Figure 14, which comes from an Economic Scenario<br />

Genera<strong>to</strong>r during the crisis (last quarter of 2008), shows<br />

the importance of such an advanced indica<strong>to</strong>r. This is<br />

an input in SCOR’s model. It refers <strong>to</strong> the distribution of<br />

inflation. The blue line corresponds <strong>to</strong> the distribution<br />

of the his<strong>to</strong>rical inflation index. The brown one is the<br />

forecast distribution. The chart indicates the change<br />

in the distribution. Considering that the interest rate<br />

and the inflation will decrease, the distribution has<br />

shifted. Nonetheless, the most important thing for<br />

the capital is the widening of the distribution. SCOR’s<br />

model forecast a higher uncertainty on the inflation.<br />

The higher uncertainty on inflation required a capital<br />

increase because of the uncertainty of the outcome.<br />

Fig. 14: The ESG reflects the current<br />

uncertainty on inflation<br />

Empirical density function of 1 year returns of CPI: USD<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical data: annualized quarterly returns<br />

Simulated data: yearly returns<br />

Data:<br />

• Number of his<strong>to</strong>rical data: 83 (relatively small)<br />

• Number of simulations: 60,000<br />

The empirical distribution of the simulated inflation is:<br />

- Out of phase because the current interest rates are lower,<br />

- Wider because the current volatility is bigger (GARCH effect).<br />

20 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

APPLYING SOLVENCY RULES AFTER<br />

A CRISIS IS COUNTERPRODUCTIVE<br />

When a crisis occurs, regula<strong>to</strong>rs insist on respecting<br />

solvency requirements, but:<br />

• The economic situation is deteriorating, which could<br />

force companies <strong>to</strong> declare insolvency for claims they<br />

would have <strong>to</strong> pay far in the future;<br />

• By requiring a capital increase from insurance and<br />

reinsurance companies, regula<strong>to</strong>rs force companies<br />

<strong>to</strong> de-leverage their balance sheet, which would fuel<br />

the crisis.<br />

This type of action would immobilize a huge amount<br />

of additional capital, which increases the cost of<br />

the protections provided by insurers and reinsurers.<br />

Furthermore, it would dry out the capital available<br />

for the rest of the economy, further weakening nonfinancial<br />

companies, which would, therefore, reduce the<br />

quality of the asset portfolio of insurers and reinsurers,<br />

reinforcing the vicious circle.<br />

REGULATORS AND COMPANIES COME UP<br />

WITH AD HOC CHANGES IN THE RULES<br />

Several solutions were proposed <strong>to</strong> escape from the<br />

dilemma of pro-cyclicality:<br />

• Use of a swap rate <strong>to</strong> create liquidity premium, which<br />

allows companies <strong>to</strong> account for liquidity <strong>risk</strong>s;<br />

• Give companies negative capital <strong>to</strong> compensate for<br />

the capital increase;<br />

• Suspend the solvency rules <strong>based</strong> on <strong>risk</strong> models <strong>to</strong><br />

enable companies <strong>to</strong> survive.<br />

Such proposals could cast doubts on the validity and<br />

the usefulness of modeling the <strong>risk</strong>s of the company. In<br />

fact, such measures contradict the <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> regulation<br />

principles. On the one hand, such tricks are dangerous.<br />

On the other hand, the system has <strong>to</strong> develop a certain<br />

flexibility. It is worth noting that the parameters of<br />

models are very sensitive. So if companies start changing<br />

the parameters, they can obtain any result they want,<br />

and this is not what they should be doing. They should<br />

not act as if there were no crisis, because then their<br />

model will defeat its purpose, which is <strong>to</strong> look at the<br />

<strong>risk</strong>. On the contrary, they have <strong>to</strong> accept that there is<br />

more <strong>risk</strong>. They should accept this and they should live<br />

through it. After all, if companies have capital, it is <strong>to</strong> be<br />

used in times of crisis.


III. Giving the regula<strong>to</strong>ry system<br />

sufficient flexibility<br />

<strong>to</strong> respond <strong>to</strong> the next crisis<br />

The system must have a certain amount of flexibility.<br />

In such confusing situations simple rules are necessary,<br />

simple rules that do not cast doubts on the outcome<br />

of the models.<br />

RECOGNIZING THE RISKINESS<br />

OF THE SITUATION<br />

The regula<strong>to</strong>rs’ answers <strong>to</strong> the crisis are <strong>to</strong> propose an<br />

indiscriminate increase of the target capital for insurance<br />

companies. Such requirements, if they go through, would<br />

have severe social consequences by drying up even more<br />

market liquidity and increasing the price of insurance.<br />

• What is required in such a context is simply the<br />

recognition that the situation is <strong>risk</strong>ier.<br />

• Capital requirements should be adaptive and should<br />

change according <strong>to</strong> the economic situation.<br />

Moreover, empirical studies have shown that a measure<br />

like Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> ex-post (1) is lower during crises<br />

because the market corrects itself and the probability of<br />

rebounds increases after a big downward movement.<br />

CHANGING THE RISK MEASURE THRESHOLD<br />

Solvency II requires that the capital be computed using<br />

the Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> at a threshold of 99.5%. This threshold<br />

has been chosen arbitrarily <strong>to</strong> be in the tail of the<br />

distribution. There is no objective reason <strong>to</strong> take 99.5%<br />

instead of 99% or 98%. This threshold does not need<br />

<strong>to</strong> be constant all the time.<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

28.02.1873<br />

Yearly volatility (monthly data)<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

28.02.1877<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

28.02.1881<br />

Return and volatility of US s<strong>to</strong>ck market (1870-2009)<br />

0%<br />

-150% -100% -50% 0% 50%<br />

YoY return<br />

28.02.1885<br />

28.02.1889<br />

Source: IMF (2009).<br />

28.02.1893<br />

28.02.1897<br />

28.02.1901<br />

28.02.1905<br />

26.02.1909<br />

28.02.1913<br />

28.02.1917<br />

100%<br />

28.02.1921<br />

150%<br />

27.02.1925<br />

28.02.1929<br />

28.02.1933<br />

26.02.1937<br />

28.02.1941<br />

• Moving from 99.5% <strong>to</strong> 99% is a simple and transparent<br />

way <strong>to</strong> recognize the reality of the economic<br />

situation: nobody can be so safe any more when the<br />

whole world is in turmoil.<br />

• Furthermore, this change will mainly compensate<br />

the increase in cost of capital due <strong>to</strong> the model’s<br />

recognition of the higher <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

In SCOR’s model, it would represent a decrease of roughly<br />

10% of the required capital, compensating the increase<br />

due <strong>to</strong> higher market volatility and lower interest rates.<br />

The supervisory authorities should set a threshold<br />

sufficiently remote <strong>to</strong> inspire confidence in the system<br />

by all stakeholders, within a predefined range, in order<br />

<strong>to</strong> react quickly if an indica<strong>to</strong>r shows an economic<br />

degradation close <strong>to</strong> a pre-crisis.<br />

WHICH INDICATOR WOULD ENABLE<br />

AN OBJECTIVE ASSESSMENT<br />

OF THE CRISIS SITUATION?<br />

The volatility of s<strong>to</strong>ck indices is a relevant indica<strong>to</strong>r <strong>to</strong><br />

detect a crisis situation. Market volatility affects the <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

generated by the Economic Scenario Genera<strong>to</strong>r (ESG) and<br />

thus ends up requiring higher capital from the model.<br />

Figure 15 presents the yearly volatility of the s<strong>to</strong>ck index<br />

since 1870. The volatility is more correlated with negative<br />

return than positive return. When a crisis occurs,<br />

the volatility increases faster than in periods of calm<br />

and the market reaches twice the average volatility of<br />

roughly 40%. This situation has only happened twice,<br />

in 1929 (120%) and in 2008 (80%).<br />

(1) VaR ex-post means the Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> measured at a certain point<br />

in the past.<br />

Fig. 15: Market volatility has reached such values only twice in the past 140 years<br />

Yearly volatility of US s<strong>to</strong>ck market since 1870 (monthly data)<br />

28.02.1945<br />

28.02.1949<br />

27.02.1953<br />

28.02.1957<br />

28.02.1961<br />

26.02.1965<br />

28.02.1969<br />

28.02.1973<br />

28.02.1977<br />

27.02.1981<br />

28.02.1985<br />

28.02.1989<br />

26.02.1993<br />

28.02.1997<br />

28.02.2001<br />

28.02.2005<br />

27.02.2009<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 21


A SIMPLE RULE TO MANAGE<br />

A CRISIS SITUATION<br />

This article proposes a simple rule <strong>to</strong> manage a crisis<br />

situation. Regula<strong>to</strong>rs should declare that companies<br />

would be allowed <strong>to</strong> use a Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> (VaR) at 99%<br />

for the next year if the s<strong>to</strong>ck index yearly volatility<br />

reaches twice its his<strong>to</strong>rical average measured over a<br />

very long period.<br />

A year later, if the volatility is below this index, the<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>rs would then res<strong>to</strong>re the 99.5% threshold<br />

and ask companies <strong>to</strong> refurbish their capital <strong>to</strong> comply<br />

with it.<br />

Such a rule would allow insurance and reinsurance<br />

companies <strong>to</strong> use part of their capital <strong>to</strong> face up <strong>to</strong><br />

the <strong>to</strong>ugh economic situation without running the <strong>risk</strong><br />

of becoming insolvent for liabilities they would have <strong>to</strong><br />

pay in the distant future.<br />

Such a flexible system combines three advantages:<br />

1. It solves the dilemma of pro-cyclicality;<br />

2. It reduces the need <strong>to</strong> lock up useless extra capital;<br />

3. It enables companies <strong>to</strong> analyze a crisis situation with<br />

transparency and objectivity.<br />

22 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Conclusion<br />

Crises are unforeseeable and reveal links that were<br />

previously underestimated. Reinsurance and insurance<br />

companies undoubtedly need <strong>to</strong> learn from all crises in<br />

order <strong>to</strong> reduce the <strong>risk</strong> of the same causes producing<br />

the same effects.<br />

It is essential <strong>to</strong> adapt the solvency regulations <strong>to</strong> the<br />

occurrence of crises and their seriousness with simple<br />

adaptive rules, such as modifying the threshold of the<br />

<strong>risk</strong> measure. Indeed, this is a simple way <strong>to</strong> res<strong>to</strong>re<br />

confidence in the system because it recognizes the<br />

objective situation and gives companies time <strong>to</strong> adapt<br />

and refurbish their solvency ratio.<br />

It is worth utilizing an economic indica<strong>to</strong>r such as<br />

the extreme volatility of financial markets because it<br />

avoids blaming any stakeholders for the decision and<br />

highlights the objective situation.<br />

Being prepared for the next crisis means integrating<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the models a reasonable probability that a crisis will<br />

happen and developing dynamic strategies <strong>to</strong> survive it.<br />

The Romans used <strong>to</strong> say: “si vis pacem para bellum” (if you<br />

want peace prepare for war). One will paraphrase them by<br />

saying: “if you want <strong>to</strong> survive a crisis prepare for it”.


SCOR - November 2010 - 23


3<br />

REINSURANCE OPTIMIZATION<br />

IN THE CONTEXT OF CAPITAL<br />

MANAGEMENT EVA SCHLÄPFER DE MONTMOLLIN<br />

Senior <strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

MAGDALENA KLAPPER-RYBICKA<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

This article outlines the different<br />

motivations an insurance company may have for<br />

purchasing reinsurance. It then introduces the<br />

capital management view, as a driver for structuring<br />

a reinsurance program. From this perspective,<br />

specific reinsurance valuation criteria are investigated<br />

in detail using an example portfolio.<br />

I. Various criteria for the<br />

valuation of a reinsurance<br />

program<br />

Insurance companies may have different reasons for<br />

buying reinsurance:<br />

• To enhance profit and portfolio management, <strong>to</strong><br />

decrease the volatility of the portfolio, <strong>to</strong> increase<br />

diversification benefits, <strong>to</strong> protect profitability.<br />

• To support the company’s capital management strategy<br />

in order <strong>to</strong> achieve the solvency capital requested<br />

by the regula<strong>to</strong>rs, <strong>to</strong> satisfy the capital requirements<br />

of the rating agencies, or simply <strong>to</strong> provide better<br />

capacity.<br />

• The reinsurance purchase may also be cost driven:<br />

insurers buy reinsurance if expected recoveries exceed<br />

the reinsurance premium.<br />

• Various other reasons, such as: <strong>to</strong> continue the<br />

previous year’s reinsurance program; <strong>to</strong> benefit from<br />

the reinsurers’ know-how or services (e.g. product<br />

development, medical underwriting, etc.).<br />

24 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The purchase of reinsurance, therefore, may also be<br />

considered as a <strong>risk</strong> management <strong>to</strong>ol that enables<br />

insurers <strong>to</strong> lower their capital requirements in the short<br />

term. Insurers also have other means at their disposal<br />

<strong>to</strong> mitigate their overall business <strong>risk</strong>, such as: changing<br />

their investment strategy, raising capital and changing<br />

their underwriting policy. However, these methods take<br />

longer <strong>to</strong> implement.<br />

Figure 16: <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

for Insurance Companies<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> mitigation instruments<br />

Short-term<br />

Long-term<br />

Buy reinsurance<br />

Change investment strategy<br />

Raise capital<br />

Change underwriting policy<br />

Different possibilities for mitigating overall business <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

according <strong>to</strong> the time needed for their application and effect.<br />

The various motivations for buying reinsurance determine<br />

the criteria <strong>to</strong> be applied <strong>to</strong> the evaluation and<br />

comparison of different reinsurance programs.<br />

Depending on the motivation involved, the best<br />

reinsurance program could be any of the following:<br />

• The program offering the best profit protection,<br />

the lowest volatility, the best diversification benefit or<br />

the highest profit for insurer and reinsurer, taking the<br />

cost of capital in<strong>to</strong> account (all of which corresponds


<strong>to</strong> the portfolio management and profit optimization<br />

perspective).<br />

• The program with the lowest required capital resulting<br />

from the company’s internal model, the lowest Solvency<br />

II standard model capital requirement or the lowest<br />

rating agency capital (if the capital management view<br />

is taken).<br />

• The program with the lowest cost of reinsurance -<br />

premium minus recovery (cost driven policy).<br />

Each criterion defined for the evaluation of a reinsurance<br />

program (independent of its nature) should definitely<br />

incorporate the costs of the reinsurance program, in<br />

order <strong>to</strong> produce a meaningful and realistic result. In a<br />

further step this article will focus on reinsurance valuation<br />

as a part of capital management practices.<br />

II. Valuation of a reinsurance<br />

program in the context<br />

of capital management<br />

In order <strong>to</strong> look at reinsurance valuation from a capital<br />

management perspective, this section will start with<br />

some general definitions.<br />

Fig. 17: The capital of an insurance company<br />

Economically adjusted capital:<br />

Available Capital<br />

Discount in loss<br />

reserves<br />

taxes<br />

Unrealized<br />

capital gains Latent<br />

Capital as reported<br />

in financial statement<br />

An insurance company receives capital from its<br />

shareholders and utilizes that capital <strong>to</strong> guarantee<br />

that it will pay claims – up <strong>to</strong> a certain probability. The<br />

primary focus of capital is, then, not <strong>to</strong> provide finance,<br />

but <strong>to</strong> absorb the <strong>risk</strong>s undertaken. Capital can thus be<br />

seen as a “commodity” used <strong>to</strong> produce the company’s<br />

business.<br />

It is necessary <strong>to</strong> distinguish between two definitions<br />

of capital: available capital and <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> capital (or<br />

required capital).<br />

Available capital or economic capital is the capital a<br />

company has at its disposal (equity, long-term debts,<br />

unrealized gains, discount in loss reserves, latent taxes,<br />

etc). Conversely, the <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> capital or required capital<br />

is the minimum amount of capital that the insurer<br />

needs <strong>to</strong> cover the <strong>risk</strong> taken.<br />

The difference between the two is called the “signaling<br />

capital” and corresponds <strong>to</strong> the economic resources<br />

available <strong>to</strong> develop more business or take on more<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s. As illustrated in Figure 17, the amount of reinsurance<br />

involved has an impact on the balance between<br />

required and signaling capital. It also has a slight impact<br />

on the available capital, due <strong>to</strong> the cost of reinsurance.<br />

This can be seen on the left-hand side of the graph.<br />

Capital required given management’s<br />

<strong>risk</strong> appetite framework: Required Capital<br />

Signaling Capital<br />

Required Capital<br />

for underwriting <strong>risk</strong><br />

Required Capital<br />

for investment <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

Required Capital<br />

for other <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

More reinsurance<br />

Less reinsurance<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 25


The amount of required capital is determined by the<br />

insurance company’s <strong>risk</strong> appetite, in other words the<br />

amount of capital the company is willing <strong>to</strong> <strong>risk</strong> in a<br />

certain time horizon. Other elements are the proper<br />

definition of required capital and a capital allocation<br />

policy. These are prerequisites for the optimization of<br />

the portfolio’s profitability, because they build the foundations<br />

on which <strong>to</strong> measure the true performance of<br />

the business. Hence they have <strong>to</strong> be incorporated at the<br />

core of business processes.<br />

Further discussion of <strong>risk</strong> allocation would be outside<br />

the scope of this article, however the definition of<br />

required capital will be addressed in more detail.<br />

There are many different definitions of required capital.<br />

Clear definitions should ensure consistent use of terminology<br />

within the organization. The definition of required<br />

capital may be developed <strong>based</strong> on various mathematical<br />

concepts and should address the <strong>risk</strong> aversion of the company<br />

in question. SCOR has its own definition of required<br />

capital as used in its internal model.<br />

Let us begin with standalone <strong>risk</strong> capital. The asset and<br />

liability portfolio builds a set of <strong>risk</strong> classes: {Xi}, e.g.<br />

bonds, equities, Nat Cat, Mo<strong>to</strong>r, etc. The standalone<br />

(or undiversified) <strong>risk</strong> capital of a class is the difference<br />

between two values on the probability distribution of<br />

annual economic profit. These two values are:<br />

• The expected shortfall at 1% quantile of the distribution<br />

• The expected value of the distribution<br />

E(X i | X i < 1% percentile) – E(X i )<br />

This definition is one of several possible definitions.<br />

It expresses the shareholders’ point of view, since it<br />

measures how far the company deviates from expected<br />

profit (see Figure 18). By way of comparison, the Swiss<br />

Solvency Test definition takes zero profit as its reference<br />

point. Thus, regula<strong>to</strong>rs represent the clients’ view and<br />

therefore seek <strong>to</strong> know whether or not a company can<br />

pay its obligations.<br />

Solvency II provides another definition of required capital.<br />

The directive applies the Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> at the 0.5%<br />

quantile. This <strong>risk</strong> measure corresponds <strong>to</strong> a point on<br />

profit distribution (i.e. not the expected shortfall) and<br />

therefore does not incorporate the <strong>risk</strong> profile below<br />

the chosen threshold. One advantage of this is that it is<br />

easier <strong>to</strong> compute analytically, with no need <strong>to</strong> apply a<br />

Monte Carlo simulation.<br />

SCOR has <strong>based</strong> its definition of required capital on the<br />

expected shortfall at the 1% quantile. It can be demonstrated<br />

empirically that required capital measured as<br />

Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> at 0.5% is close <strong>to</strong> required capital defined<br />

with expected shortfall at the 1% quantile, so that the<br />

<strong>risk</strong> capital as measured by SCOR is in line with the<br />

Solvency II regula<strong>to</strong>ry view. The <strong>risk</strong> capital definition<br />

used by SCOR is coherent and its resulting mathematical<br />

features (additivity) allow the required capital <strong>to</strong> be allocated<br />

<strong>to</strong> the single <strong>risk</strong> classes. This leads <strong>to</strong> the definition<br />

of diversified capital.<br />

Figure 19 provides a closer look at the tail end of the<br />

profit distribution already presented in Figure 18. Since<br />

the profit distribution is the result of a Monte Carlo<br />

simulation, it is possible <strong>to</strong> analyze the single worst-case<br />

scenarios, and in particular the contributions <strong>to</strong> the<br />

scenarios of the various different <strong>risk</strong> classes.<br />

Diversified <strong>Risk</strong> Capital is defined as a contribution<br />

(measured in terms of average) of a class of <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong> the<br />

expected shortfall of the company overall profitability<br />

loss distribution (Z):<br />

E(X i | Z < 1% percentile) – E(X i )<br />

Diversified Capital is the capital amount that SCOR<br />

needs <strong>to</strong> keep for a certain <strong>risk</strong> class in a given portfolio,<br />

in order <strong>to</strong> be able <strong>to</strong> pay its obligations.<br />

Fig. 18: Definition of standalone capital as the difference between<br />

mean expected value and 1% expected shortfall<br />

26 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Standalone <strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

1% ES 100% Expected value<br />

1% VaR<br />

10%<br />

Profit Distribution<br />

0%<br />

-220 -170 -120 -70 -20 30 80<br />

90%<br />

80%<br />

70%<br />

60%<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%


Fig. 19: Diversified <strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

-250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50<br />

With this definition, the main <strong>risk</strong> contribu<strong>to</strong>rs can be<br />

identified as shown in Figure 19. The <strong>to</strong>tal required<br />

capital for the portfolio is around EUR -90 million and<br />

can be divided in<strong>to</strong> four <strong>risk</strong> classes. The highest <strong>risk</strong><br />

comes from classes 4 and 1, with diversified <strong>risk</strong> capital<br />

of EUR -44 million and EUR -26 million respectively.<br />

The contribution for the other <strong>risk</strong>s is lower.<br />

It is interesting <strong>to</strong> note that some <strong>risk</strong>s in certain scenarios<br />

show a positive contribution <strong>to</strong> the overall <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

This may occur due <strong>to</strong> the low dependency of these<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s on other <strong>risk</strong> classes.<br />

The example also demonstrates that the contribution<br />

of some <strong>risk</strong> classes may vary widely for different<br />

Diversified<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

Definition of diversified <strong>risk</strong> capital as a contribution of a single <strong>risk</strong> class <strong>to</strong> the aggregated shortfall. Due <strong>to</strong> the graphical limitations,<br />

the diagram only contains around 20-30 worst-case scenarios, (not the whole 1%). The blue curve corresponds <strong>to</strong> the profit distribution.<br />

For each scenario the <strong>to</strong>tal <strong>risk</strong> may be split in<strong>to</strong> certain <strong>risk</strong> classes. The mean is therefore computed separately for each <strong>risk</strong> class.<br />

Fig. 20: <strong>Risk</strong> drivers<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 1<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 2<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 3<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 4<br />

Total<br />

scenarios. To better understand the contribution made<br />

by <strong>risk</strong> classes <strong>to</strong> scenarios of differing frequency, it is<br />

necessary <strong>to</strong> make a distinction between <strong>risk</strong> capital<br />

and <strong>risk</strong> drivers.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> drivers are measured <strong>based</strong> on a 5% shortfall,<br />

rather than the 1% shortfall used for <strong>risk</strong> capital:<br />

E(X i | Z < 5% percentile) – E(X i )<br />

They reflect more frequent <strong>risk</strong>s, while <strong>risk</strong> capital<br />

focuses more on peak or extreme <strong>risk</strong>s. The contribution<br />

made by different <strong>risk</strong> drivers may be quite different<br />

from their contribution <strong>to</strong> the required capital, as<br />

illustrated in Figure 20.<br />

0%<br />

-220 -170 -120 -70 -20 30 80<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 1 <strong>Risk</strong> 2<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> 3 <strong>Risk</strong> 4<br />

1% ES 5% ES 100% Mean<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Driver<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> driver and <strong>risk</strong> capital reflect <strong>risk</strong>s of differing frequency. Various <strong>risk</strong> classes may contribute differently <strong>to</strong> more or less frequent <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

For example, <strong>risk</strong> class 4 (in pastel blue) contributes much more <strong>to</strong> the peak <strong>risk</strong> than <strong>to</strong> the <strong>risk</strong> driver, while <strong>risk</strong> class 2 (in dark blue)<br />

does the opposite. The same thing can also be seen in Figure 18.<br />

-26<br />

-9<br />

-7<br />

-44<br />

-86<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 27


Having defined the <strong>risk</strong> measures and how <strong>to</strong> allocate<br />

<strong>risk</strong> capital <strong>to</strong> particular <strong>risk</strong> classes, one can now turn<br />

<strong>to</strong> the criteria for evaluating a reinsurance program.<br />

Reinsurance is a way <strong>to</strong> reduce required capital, and<br />

the valuation criterion proposed accounts for the costs<br />

of reinsurance including the cost of capital.<br />

How is a reinsurance program evaluated in this context?<br />

On the one hand, the insurance company purchasing a<br />

reinsurance program pays a corresponding reinsurance<br />

premium and expects some recoveries and related costs.<br />

On the other hand, a reinsurance program is a way <strong>to</strong><br />

reduce capital requirements, which consequently also<br />

lowers the cost of the capital that the company needs<br />

<strong>to</strong> keep in order <strong>to</strong> pay its obligations. Therefore, this<br />

criterion compares the cost of reinsurance <strong>to</strong> the cost<br />

of capital <strong>to</strong> be kept for the portfolio.<br />

Fig. 21: Reinsurance valuation<br />

criteria used<br />

Cost of<br />

capital on<br />

required capital<br />

Cost of Reinsurance (RI):<br />

RI premium<br />

- RI Recoveries<br />

III. Example of two reinsurance<br />

structures<br />

This section will continue <strong>to</strong> look at valuation criteria<br />

using a practical example.<br />

Figure 22 shows a realistic example portfolio which is<br />

characterized by a large P&C book, mainly in Property,<br />

Casualty and Mo<strong>to</strong>r. The <strong>to</strong>tal required capital is around<br />

EUR 95 million, primarily relating <strong>to</strong> the P&C new<br />

business book. Assets are mostly invested in bonds<br />

and real estate and they do not constitute a very high<strong>risk</strong><br />

contribu<strong>to</strong>r.<br />

BEFORE APPLYING THE REINSURANCE<br />

STRUCTURE<br />

Let us briefly analyze the gross performance of the<br />

main <strong>risk</strong> contribu<strong>to</strong>r, the P&C new business book (see<br />

Figure 23). The standalone required capital for P&C<br />

new business amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 92.9 million. Diversified<br />

with the whole portfolio, this <strong>risk</strong> class requires EUR<br />

52.4 million, giving a diversification benefit of 43.5%.<br />

The insurance company needs capital <strong>to</strong> keep this<br />

book, which involves some cost. Assuming that the<br />

cost of capital rate is 11.5%, the cost of the capital<br />

needed amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 6.03 million. This cost should<br />

be reflected in the assessment of the P&C new business<br />

profit, which amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 9.7 million.<br />

Fig. 22: Example portfolio – gross P&C book with main <strong>risk</strong> categories<br />

and composition of inverted assets<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Category<br />

in EURm<br />

28 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Reinsurance valuation<br />

criteria optimizes capital<br />

while also taking in<strong>to</strong><br />

account the pure cost<br />

of reinsurance.<br />

Exposure Fully Diversified Capital Exposure definition<br />

Gross Non-Life New Business 210 52.4 Written Premium<br />

Gross Non-Life Reserves 240 24.0 Claims Reserves+UPR<br />

Invested Assets 83 10.1 Market Value<br />

Credit 107 5.4 Available Capital<br />

Other <strong>Risk</strong>s 107 0.9 Available Capital<br />

Operational <strong>Risk</strong> 107 1.5 Available Capital<br />

Total RBC 94.3<br />

Asset Class Market Value Fully Diversified Capital<br />

Equity 13 2.86<br />

Real Estate 40 6.06<br />

Fixed Income 29 1.18<br />

Total Assets 82 10.1


Fig. 23: P&C new business book – gross required capital,<br />

related cost of capital and profit (in €m)<br />

P&C NB<br />

Gross<br />

Standalone<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

92.9<br />

P&C NB Gross Profit<br />

excluding CoC<br />

15.8<br />

P&C NB<br />

Diversification<br />

Benefit: 43.5%<br />

P&C NB Gross Profit<br />

including CoC<br />

9.7<br />

To gain a concrete view of the impact of reinsurance on<br />

diversification and capital requirements, a reinsurance<br />

program is applied <strong>to</strong> the P&C new business book with<br />

a structure identical <strong>to</strong> that shown in Figure 24.<br />

As already mentioned, this P&C new business book<br />

consists mostly of Casualty, Mo<strong>to</strong>r and Property lines;<br />

it therefore requires a specific reinsurance structure.<br />

The program is characterized primarily by a quota share<br />

contract for the Casualty and Mo<strong>to</strong>r lines, which is<br />

followed by XL cover. The Property line is protected with<br />

the 3-layer cover; the 2-layer Cat program completes the<br />

reinsurance structure.<br />

APPLYING THE REINSURANCE STRUCTURE<br />

TO THE P&C NEW BUSINESS PORTFOLIO<br />

An analysis of the net portfolio gives the following<br />

picture: net standalone required capital for the P&C<br />

P&C NB<br />

Gross<br />

Diversified<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

52.4<br />

Total Gross Capital = 94.3<br />

Costs of Capital<br />

allocated <strong>to</strong> P&C NB<br />

6.03*<br />

Operational <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Other <strong>Risk</strong>s<br />

Credit<br />

Invested Assets<br />

Gross Non-Life Reserves<br />

Gross Non-Life New Business<br />

* CoC Rate = 11.5%<br />

new business book has obviously decreased due <strong>to</strong> the<br />

reinsurance structure and amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 54.8 million.<br />

The net profit without considering the cost of capital is<br />

of course lower than the gross profit, since in this view<br />

reinsurance naturally appears as an additional cost.<br />

Within the overall portfolio, the net required capital for<br />

this <strong>risk</strong> class amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 23.9 million, generating a<br />

better (compared <strong>to</strong> the gross portfolio) diversification<br />

effect equal <strong>to</strong> 56%. The overall portfolio is better<br />

balanced with this reinsurance structure. The cost<br />

of capital needed for the P&C new business book<br />

is now also reduced due <strong>to</strong> the lower amount of<br />

diversified capital, and amounts <strong>to</strong> EUR 2.8 million.<br />

With adjustment for cost of capital, the net profit of<br />

this book is slightly over EUR 10 million (see Figure 25<br />

for details).<br />

Fig. 24: P&C new business book and current reinsurance program (in €m)<br />

P&C Line Gross Premium RI Structure<br />

Casualty 70 QS<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL2: 60 xs 60<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r 50<br />

25%<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL1: 30 xs 30<br />

Property Cat 10<br />

Total Property 80<br />

Total P&C 210<br />

CAT XL2: 60 xs 40<br />

CAT XL1: 30 xs 10<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL3: 20 xs 100<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL2: 50 xs 50<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL1: 40 xs 10<br />

Portfolio<br />

characteristics:<br />

• Quota share before<br />

XL for Casualty and<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r combined<br />

• Property covers<br />

are XL<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 29


Fig. 25: P&C new business book – net required capital,<br />

related cost of capital and profit (in €m)<br />

The question that arises now is whether or not this program<br />

is efficient due <strong>to</strong> the chosen valuation criteria.<br />

As mentioned, the application of the reinsurance<br />

program lowered the P&C new business book’s profit<br />

by around EUR 2.5 million (due <strong>to</strong> the costs of<br />

reinsurance). On the other hand the mitigation of the<br />

peak <strong>risk</strong>s, which resulted in a lower standalone capital<br />

as well as in improved diversification with the rest of<br />

the portfolio, lowered the cost of the capital needed<br />

<strong>to</strong> retain this EUR 3.2 million <strong>risk</strong>. Both effects should<br />

be considered <strong>to</strong>gether, as shown in Figure 26. As a<br />

consequence the profit of this book including cost<br />

Fig. 26: Impact of the reinsurance program on the profit of the P&C<br />

new business book including cost of capital (in €m)<br />

30 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

P&C NB Net<br />

Standalone<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

15.8<br />

54.8<br />

P&C NB Net Profit<br />

excluding CoC<br />

13.3<br />

13.3<br />

Gross<br />

Net<br />

P&C NB Profit<br />

excluding CoC<br />

P&C NB<br />

Diversification<br />

Benefit: 56.3%<br />

10.5<br />

P&C NB Net Profit<br />

including CoC<br />

Costs of RI<br />

2.5<br />

Total Net Capital = 71.2<br />

Costs of Capital<br />

allocated <strong>to</strong> P&C NB<br />

2.8*<br />

<<br />

P&C NB Net<br />

Diversified<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

23.9<br />

of capital (the value chosen as a valuation criterion)<br />

has increased, which justifies the application of this<br />

reinsurance structure.<br />

Even though the cost of capital that the insurer<br />

can save with this reinsurance program exceeds<br />

the cost of reinsurance, the agreement is probably<br />

also advantageous for the reinsurer. Reinsurers are<br />

presumably better able <strong>to</strong> diversify their <strong>risk</strong>s than<br />

direct insurers, thus for the reinsurer, the cost of capital<br />

resulting from the transferred <strong>risk</strong> is generally lower<br />

than the cost of capital resulting from the same <strong>risk</strong><br />

for the direct insurer.<br />

Saved CoC<br />

3.2<br />

6.03<br />

Operational <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Other <strong>Risk</strong>s<br />

Credit<br />

Invested Assets<br />

Gross Non-Life Reserves<br />

Gross Non-Life New Business<br />

* CoC Rate = 11.5%<br />

2.8<br />

Gross Net<br />

P&C NB<br />

Costs of Capital


Fig. 27: Optimal reinsurance, win-win situation (in €m)<br />

Reinsurer<br />

Portfolio<br />

Impact of new <strong>risk</strong><br />

on reinsurer portfolio<br />

Costs of RI**<br />

2.5<br />

** CoC Rate = 12%<br />

P&C NB Gross<br />

Standalone<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

Transferred<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

P&C NB<br />

Net<br />

Standalone<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

54.8<br />

<<br />

This concept is illustrated in Figure 27. Following the<br />

previous example, part of the P&C new business book<br />

is transferred <strong>to</strong> the reinsurer. On the right-hand side<br />

one can see the relief of the insurer’s diversified capital,<br />

which enables certain savings in the cost of capital. It<br />

should be kept in mind that this capital relief depends<br />

on the Insurer’s <strong>risk</strong> appetite, which determines the<br />

definition of <strong>risk</strong> capital used. It is also interesting <strong>to</strong><br />

note that the capital relief for this <strong>risk</strong> class may (and<br />

probably will) influence the capital required for other<br />

<strong>risk</strong> classes, which can also be observed in Figure 27.<br />

The stronger diversification effect of the transferred <strong>risk</strong><br />

within the reinsurer portfolio is visible on the left-hand<br />

side of the graph. All in all, the cost of capital for the<br />

insurer, even though advantageous, is greater than the<br />

cost of capital that the reinsurer needs in order <strong>to</strong> retain<br />

the transferred <strong>risk</strong> (with comparable cost of capital rates<br />

for both parties), which creates a win-win situation.<br />

APPLYING THE ALTERNATIVE REINSURANCE<br />

STRUCTURE TO THIS PORTFOLIO<br />

This reinsurance structure suffers from certain drawbacks.<br />

Cover for the Property line is limited <strong>to</strong> EUR 120 million,<br />

whereas the underlying gross model presupposes potentially<br />

higher losses. The cover is therefore “<strong>to</strong>o short”<br />

for the underlying gross portfolio. The second problem<br />

arises from the unfavourable conditions of the quota<br />

share contract for Casualty and Mo<strong>to</strong>r lines (in particular<br />

due <strong>to</strong> the rather low ceding commission). Consequently,<br />

it is clear that this program could be improved.<br />

Change of<br />

diversified capital<br />

Costs of Capital<br />

Saved with RI*<br />

3.2<br />

* CoC Rate = 11.5%<br />

Definition of <strong>Risk</strong> Capital reflects<br />

the company’s <strong>risk</strong> appetite,<br />

Costs of Capital saved with RI<br />

depend also on the chosen percentile<br />

P&C NB Net<br />

Fully Diversified<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

Total Capital<br />

Net = 71.2 Gross = 94.3<br />

Reinsurer-Cedant win-win situation. Reinsurer benefits from the stronger diversification of the transferred <strong>risk</strong> within its portfolio.<br />

Fig. 28: An alternative<br />

reinsurance program for the P&C<br />

new business book<br />

P&C Line Gross<br />

Premium<br />

Adjusted RI Structure<br />

Casualty 70 Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL2: 60 xs 60<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r 50 Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL1: 40 xs 20<br />

Property Cat 10<br />

Total Property 80<br />

Total P&C 210<br />

CAT XL2: 60 xs 40<br />

CAT XL1: 30 xs 10<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL3: 100 xs 100<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL2: 50 xs 50<br />

Per <strong>Risk</strong> XL1: 40 xs 10<br />

In response <strong>to</strong> these drawbacks, a slightly modified alternative<br />

reinsurance structure is proposed, as shown in<br />

Figure 28. The reinsurance cover for Casualty and Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

lines has been restructured so that the <strong>risk</strong> mitigation<br />

impact of the quota share is (partially) compensated by<br />

the lower attachment point of the non-proportional program,<br />

i.e. EUR 20 million rather than EUR 30 million.<br />

Secondly, the limit of cover for the Property line has been<br />

increased from EUR 120 <strong>to</strong> EUR 200 million so that the<br />

extreme <strong>risk</strong>s in the portfolio are also covered.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 31


Fig. 29: Comparing the two structures (in €m)<br />

Evaluation of both reinsurance structures using the proposed criteria. The adjustments <strong>to</strong> the reinsurance structure lowered the cost<br />

of reinsurance and at the same time enabled further savings in the cost of capital.<br />

The impact of these changes in the reinsurance structure<br />

should be analyzed, using valuation criteria previously<br />

proposed. As expected, replacing the quota share<br />

with the extended non-proportional cover significantly<br />

lowers the cost of reinsurance. Further extension of the<br />

Property cover <strong>to</strong> include peak <strong>risk</strong>s lowers the amount<br />

of required capital for this line, and consequently also<br />

the <strong>to</strong>tal cost of capital for this portfolio (Figure 29).<br />

To conclude, the adjusted reinsurance structure is more<br />

appropriate for the considered P&C new business<br />

portfolio due <strong>to</strong> the selected valuation criteria and<br />

measures adopted for the required capital (particularly<br />

with respect <strong>to</strong> the level of <strong>risk</strong> aversion).<br />

Now, it would be interesting <strong>to</strong> look at the influence<br />

of both reinsurance structures on the solvency ratio of<br />

the company in question.<br />

Fig. 30: Solvency ratios (in €m)<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

114%<br />

94<br />

Gross<br />

151% 153% Solvency ratio<br />

71<br />

107<br />

Original Net Adjusted Net<br />

Total Required Capital Available Capital<br />

Solvency ratio for the insurer: gross and net with both investigated reinsurance structures.<br />

32 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Original RI Structure<br />

Adjusted RI Structure<br />

P&C NB Profit<br />

excluding CoC<br />

13.3<br />

14.3<br />

2.5<br />

Costs of RI<br />

1.4<br />

Costs of RI<br />

70<br />

3.2<br />

Saved CoC<br />

3.4<br />

Saved CoC<br />

Costs of Capital<br />

P&C NB<br />

2.8<br />

2.6<br />

As indicated in the initial portfolio characteristics, the<br />

company has available capital of EUR 107 million at<br />

its disposal, with <strong>to</strong>tal required capital amounting<br />

<strong>to</strong> around EUR 94 million. For simplification purposes,<br />

it is assumed that the reinsurance structures do not<br />

materially impact the available capital, however<br />

they reduce the <strong>to</strong>tal required capital <strong>to</strong> EUR 71<br />

and EUR 70 million respectively. The solvency ratio is<br />

computed by dividing the required capital by available<br />

capital, as shown in Figure 30.<br />

The initial gross solvency ratio of 114% appears <strong>to</strong> be<br />

rather low and significantly improves with reinsurance,<br />

rising <strong>to</strong> 151%. Further refining of the reinsurance<br />

structure improves it a little further.


Fig. 31: Impact of the reinsurance refinement on the standalone<br />

required capital by <strong>risk</strong> class (in €m)<br />

... With the original reinsurance structure ... With the adjusted reinsurance structure<br />

NB P&C Standalone Capital<br />

Property NonCat<br />

Prop. Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE IMPACT<br />

OF THE REINSURANCE STRUCTURE<br />

ADJUSTMENTS ON THE REQUIRED CAPITAL<br />

First of all, it is necessary <strong>to</strong> look at the impact of the<br />

reinsurance refinement on the standalone required<br />

capital by <strong>risk</strong> class (see Figure 31). The overall standalone<br />

required capital for the P&C new business book<br />

has moderately decreased. The capital for the Property<br />

line has decreased naturally, due <strong>to</strong> the extended cover<br />

for peak <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

Restructuring the reinsurance for Mo<strong>to</strong>r and Casualty<br />

caused a decrease in the standalone capital for the<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r line and a slight increase in capital for the<br />

Casualty line. This interesting effect can be explained by<br />

the different characteristics of the underlying models.<br />

NB P&C Standalone Capital<br />

Property NonCat<br />

Prop. Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60<br />

More severe losses recover better from the non-proportional<br />

structure than from the quota share. For more<br />

frequent and less severe events, the capital reduction<br />

from the non-proportional program is lower than from<br />

the quota share. The standalone capital for the Cat line<br />

remains unchanged, as expected.<br />

The reduction in diversified capital for the P&C new<br />

business book is mainly due <strong>to</strong> lower diversified capital<br />

for the Property line (see Figure 32). The restructuring<br />

of the Mo<strong>to</strong>r and Casualty reinsurance cover gives<br />

another detailed picture. The contributions made by<br />

these lines in a diversified portfolio increase slightly,<br />

especially for Mo<strong>to</strong>r. The explanation given above also<br />

applies in this case.<br />

Fig. 32: Impact of the reinsurance refinement on the diversified<br />

required capital by <strong>risk</strong> class for the new book P&C Diversified Capital (in €m)<br />

... With the original reinsurance structure ... With the adjusted reinsurance structure<br />

Property NonCat<br />

Prop. Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

Property NonCat<br />

Prop. Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 33


More detailed results for the Property cover are shown<br />

in Figure 33. In the graph on the left side, the extreme<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s exceeding the original reinsurance cover are visible<br />

(although not frequent). The 1% worst net <strong>risk</strong>s after<br />

application of the adjusted reinsurance cover, presented<br />

in the graph on the right side, do not contain any losses<br />

with such a high gross loss amount.<br />

More detailed results for the Mo<strong>to</strong>r and Casualty cover are<br />

shown in Figure 34. In the original cover (the graph on the<br />

left) the quota share reduces all gross losses and the nonproportional<br />

reinsurance only impacts the peak <strong>risk</strong>s. The<br />

adjusted non-proportional structure allows the retention of<br />

more small <strong>risk</strong>s; the retention line has a sharper increase<br />

(the graph on the right). The non-proportional cover acts<br />

not only on the peak <strong>risk</strong>s but also in the middle band.<br />

Fig. 33: Detail Results: Property Non-Catastrophe, aggregate losses<br />

Aggregate Losses - Gross vs. Net / 1% worst Net Losses<br />

Net Losses (EURm)<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Original RI<br />

0<br />

0<br />

50 100 150 200 250 300 50 100 150 200 250 300<br />

Gross Losses (EURm)<br />

Gross Losses (EURm)<br />

Net Losses (EURm)<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Adjusted RI<br />

Refinement of the Property cover – the graphs present 1% worst aggregated net losses for both reinsurance structures. For each of these<br />

losses the corresponding gross and net loss amount is graphed in order <strong>to</strong> visualize the impact from the appropriate reinsurance program.<br />

Fig. 34: Detail Results: Mo<strong>to</strong>r, aggregate losses<br />

Aggregate Losses - Gross vs. Net<br />

Net Losses (EURm)<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Original RI<br />

retention<br />

XL<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160<br />

Gross Losses (EURm)<br />

retention<br />

Refinement of the Mo<strong>to</strong>r and Casualty cover – the graphs represent aggregated losses for both reinsurance structures, in a gross vs. net loss<br />

amount view. The impact from quota share and non-proportional reinsurance can be clearly observed. Severe gross aggregate losses are<br />

significantly reduced if they are caused by rare but severe events (triggering the layer); and are reduced less if caused by the accumulation<br />

of more frequent and less severe <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

34 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Net Losses (EURm)<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Adjusted RI<br />

XL<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160<br />

Gross Losses (EURm)


IV. Partial model and fully<br />

diversified capital<br />

The main difficulty that arises when assessing valuation<br />

criteria previously mentioned lies in the need <strong>to</strong> estimate<br />

the diversified required capital. Measuring the impact<br />

of structural reinsurance changes (in particular for Non-<br />

Proportional cover) on the diversified capital is not simple and<br />

usually requires an internal model <strong>based</strong> on a Monte Carlo<br />

simulation. This is not a straightforward process because<br />

the internal model is a holistic one, a “huge machine” that<br />

needs time <strong>to</strong> input data and compute results.<br />

SCOR has recently developed a Capital Deployment Tool<br />

(CaDeT), which allows it <strong>to</strong> forecast the changes <strong>to</strong> standalone<br />

and diversified capital caused by new exposure,<br />

using the standalone and diversified capital intensity<br />

benchmark. This capital forecast, although produced by<br />

a fac<strong>to</strong>r model, accounts for the non-linear impact of the<br />

change of diversification within the considered portfolio,<br />

determined by the size of the <strong>risk</strong> classes of which it is composed<br />

and by the corresponding change in exposure.<br />

Fig. 35: Assessment of fully diversified gross capital<br />

Gross NB P&C<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic model<br />

Analysis<br />

Model<br />

Scenarios<br />

Data P&C NB model:<br />

• Gross Loss Models<br />

• Gross Premiums and Expenses<br />

• Dependencies<br />

• (Reinsurance structure for net view)<br />

Outputs<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

Fac<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Benchmark<br />

Gross Portfolio<br />

This new methodology has been applied <strong>to</strong> the example<br />

used in this article, as shown in Figure 35. As a starting<br />

point it is necessary <strong>to</strong> use a partial s<strong>to</strong>chastic internal<br />

model in order <strong>to</strong> gain a good picture of the diversification<br />

structure of the gross P&C new business book.<br />

The model produces gross diversified results purely<br />

within this portfolio, but it is much lighter and faster<br />

<strong>to</strong> run. These results, <strong>to</strong>gether with a number of<br />

suitable gross benchmark portfolios (reflecting<br />

diversification effects with other <strong>risk</strong> classes), were<br />

used as a starting point for the CaDeT model in order<br />

<strong>to</strong> obtain an approximated fully-diversified required<br />

capital by <strong>risk</strong> class.<br />

A similar <strong>approach</strong> has been followed in order <strong>to</strong> compute<br />

the corresponding net diversified capital Figures.<br />

For this case, however, the new partial model has been<br />

run for the P&C net business book, and fully diversified<br />

gross results were used as a benchmark for the diversification<br />

effects with other <strong>risk</strong> classes. The estimated net<br />

fully diversified capital has been utilized <strong>to</strong> compute the<br />

change in the cost of capital due <strong>to</strong> reinsurance.<br />

Non-S<strong>to</strong>chastic<br />

Capital Deployment<br />

Fac<strong>to</strong>r model:<br />

• Diversification correction<br />

• Projection of standalone capital<br />

• Aggregation of segments<br />

• Adjusted profit distribution<br />

Benchmark Data for the whole Portfolio:<br />

• Exposure<br />

• Standalone Capital<br />

• Diversified Capital<br />

• Strength of internal diversification<br />

Fully diversified<br />

Gross results<br />

Results:<br />

• Required Capital<br />

• Diversification Benefit<br />

• Sensitivity<br />

Assessment of fully diversified required capital applying CaDeT methodology. The graph illustrates the estimation of gross diversified<br />

capital. The corresponding net results were estimated analogically, applying the Net NB P&C partial model as well as gross results<br />

as a benchmark for diversification with other <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

Conclusion<br />

The valuation of different reinsurance options depends<br />

on the motivation for buying reinsurance.<br />

When calculating the cost of reinsurance, the cost of<br />

capital savings is a way of considering the impact of<br />

reinsurance on capital. The assessment of capital relief is<br />

relative and depends on the definition of capital used.<br />

A fully diversified capital view is essential <strong>to</strong> take in<strong>to</strong><br />

account the cost of capital relief (Solvency II standard<br />

model, internal model, rating agencies).<br />

Partial s<strong>to</strong>chastic models allow the evaluation of capital<br />

impact for different reinsurance options in a more<br />

appropriate way.<br />

Fac<strong>to</strong>r models or models <strong>based</strong> on aggregate<br />

distributions (like rating agencies’ models and Solvency II<br />

standard model) are struggling <strong>to</strong> reflect the impact<br />

of non-proportional reinsurance, so the idea is <strong>to</strong> use<br />

the partial model and then <strong>to</strong> use a kind of capital<br />

assessment <strong>to</strong>ol for diversification effects.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 35


4<br />

CAPITAL ASSESSMENT<br />

BEYOND STOCHASTIC<br />

MODELING<br />

After an introduction <strong>to</strong> Capital<br />

Modeling at SCOR, this article addresses the motivation<br />

behind the development of a fac<strong>to</strong>r-<strong>based</strong><br />

methodology used <strong>to</strong> approximate capital assessments<br />

for different cases, as an extension of the<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic model. It then elaborates on the main<br />

characteristics of this methodology – namely the<br />

consideration of dependencies and diversification<br />

– through examples, highlighting some of the<br />

challenges involved.<br />

36 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

EVA SCHLÄPFER DE MONTMOLLIN<br />

Senior <strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

MAGDALENA KLAPPER-RYBICKA<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

I. Capital Measurement<br />

and Allocation<br />

HOW DOES SCOR COMPUTE ITS CAPITAL<br />

REQUIREMENTS?<br />

SCOR uses a sophisticated s<strong>to</strong>chastic model <strong>to</strong> calculate<br />

its <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> capital by quantifying the combined<br />

capital impact of worst-case scenarios from various<br />

<strong>risk</strong> drivers. Assets and liabilities are modeled using<br />

simulation techniques and dependencies are applied<br />

both within and between portfolios. This ensures that<br />

dependent <strong>risk</strong>s are properly accounted for and that<br />

conservative benefits from the diversification within the<br />

portfolio are taken in<strong>to</strong> account.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> mitigation measures such as retrocession, asset<br />

allocation and hedging are applied <strong>to</strong> ensure that the<br />

net <strong>risk</strong> profile is modeled.<br />

Figure 36 shows an example output of SCOR’s Group<br />

Internal Model.<br />

The diversification effect is the difference between the<br />

standalone capital and the diversified capital.


Fig. 36: SCOR’s capital requirements<br />

Standalone <strong>Risk</strong>-Based Capital and <strong>risk</strong> category contributions <strong>to</strong> SCOR’s <strong>to</strong>tal diversified <strong>Risk</strong>-Based Capital<br />

<strong>Risk</strong>-Based Capital 2009, SCOR Group<br />

in EURm<br />

RBC<br />

Standalone*<br />

RBC<br />

Diversified<br />

Share<br />

of RBC<br />

P&C New Business 1 595 834 26%<br />

P&C Reserves 1 646 1 249 39%<br />

Life 1 703 877 28%<br />

Assets 699 127 4%<br />

Credit <strong>Risk</strong> 280 38 1%<br />

Other <strong>Risk</strong>s (inc. FX) 321 61 2%<br />

Operational <strong>Risk</strong> 214 214 7%<br />

Total RBC 6 244 3 186<br />

* Sum of Standalone RBC<br />

Diversification Benefit 49%<br />

SCOR calculates its <strong>risk</strong> <strong>based</strong> capital by quantifying the combined capital impact of worst case scenarios from various <strong>risk</strong> drivers.<br />

Diversification between <strong>risk</strong>s is the basis of the business<br />

model for insurance and particularly reinsurance<br />

companies, for the following reasons:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> Diversification reduces a company’s need for <strong>risk</strong><strong>based</strong><br />

capital. This is key <strong>to</strong> insurance, reinsurance<br />

and investments.<br />

• Nevertheless, <strong>risk</strong>s are rarely completely independent:<br />

- S<strong>to</strong>ck market crashes are usually not limited <strong>to</strong><br />

one market. Recent market crashes show that<br />

global crises are interdependent.<br />

- Certain Lines of Business are affected by economic<br />

cycles, such as Liability, Credit & Surety and Life<br />

insurance. This creates an implicit dependency.<br />

- Major catastrophes can produce claims in<br />

various Lines of Business.<br />

• Dependency between <strong>risk</strong>s reduces the benefits of<br />

diversification.<br />

• The influence of dependency on the aggregated <strong>risk</strong><strong>based</strong><br />

capital is thus crucial and needs <strong>to</strong> be carefully<br />

analyzed.<br />

The processes and systems of the internal model are<br />

relatively complicated; running the model with the<br />

proper data is time consuming. The full model is very<br />

detailed but not very well suited <strong>to</strong> swift analyses. This<br />

is the main reason why SCOR has recently developed<br />

a simplified version of its internal model as a basis for<br />

dynamic decision making.<br />

This is a capital projection <strong>to</strong>ol that is less complex than<br />

the internal model, and is useful for the following:<br />

• “As if” analysis.<br />

• Strategic planning support.<br />

• A useful benchmark for the Group internal model<br />

and standard formulas.<br />

• Identification of main contribu<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> the capital<br />

requirements.<br />

• Assessment of diversification benefit and change as<br />

a consequence of portfolio change.<br />

• Assessment of capital adequacy (solvency ratio).<br />

• Analysis of profitability.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 37


Fig. 37: Functionality and high-level architecture of CaDeT<br />

SCOR<br />

Group Internal Model Data<br />

Benchmark Data<br />

Data:<br />

New<br />

• Exposure<br />

exposure<br />

• Standalone Capital Adjustments<br />

• Diversified Capital<br />

• Economic Value Distribution<br />

Parameters:<br />

Strength of internal diversification<br />

Future:<br />

Mean time <strong>to</strong> payment (for discount)<br />

SCOR’S CAPITAL DEPLOYMENT TOOL (CADET)<br />

This capital projection <strong>to</strong>ol is called CaDeT. It is a fac<strong>to</strong>r<strong>based</strong><br />

model that takes output from the s<strong>to</strong>chastic<br />

Group Internal Model and is used <strong>to</strong> calculate new<br />

capital requirements under changed assumptions.<br />

A key feature of this <strong>to</strong>ol is an adjusted diversification<br />

effect for a new portfolio. This is one of the main<br />

differences compared <strong>to</strong> other fac<strong>to</strong>r-<strong>based</strong> models,<br />

such as rating agency models for example.<br />

CaDeT is a light analytics <strong>to</strong>ol that allows the user <strong>to</strong><br />

change assumptions on exposure and <strong>to</strong> approximate<br />

capital and <strong>risk</strong>. It is a major breakthrough in methodology<br />

that blends s<strong>to</strong>chastic modeling with fac<strong>to</strong>r-<strong>based</strong><br />

methods. Due <strong>to</strong> high demand, ongoing extensions are<br />

planned <strong>to</strong> the functionality presented here.<br />

CaDeT requires some benchmark portfolio data such as<br />

exposure information, standalone capital information,<br />

diversified capital information at a certain granularity<br />

and an economic value distribution for the <strong>risk</strong> classes<br />

of interest. Then the user can adjust the exposure<br />

information, for example <strong>to</strong> reflect a new business plan.<br />

The <strong>to</strong>ol extrapolates the portfolio benchmark, taking<br />

in<strong>to</strong> account certain non-linear model assumptions<br />

on diversification behavior. In this way it projects new<br />

standalone and diversified capital amounts. CaDeT also<br />

delivers new diversification benefits, updated required<br />

capital and a sensitivity analysis on the profit distribution<br />

in just a few seconds. It is a good approximation of the<br />

Group Internal Model, but since it relies on simplified<br />

methods CaDeT is obviously less accurate than the<br />

Group Internal Model.<br />

38 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

CaDeT Result approximation<br />

Fac<strong>to</strong>r model:<br />

• Diversification correction<br />

• Projection of standalone capital<br />

• Aggregation of segments<br />

• Adjusted profit distribution<br />

Future extensions:<br />

• Retrocession optimizer<br />

• Profitability assumptions<br />

• S&P analytics<br />

Fig. 38: Example - original portfolio<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Category<br />

in EURm<br />

• Required Capital<br />

• Diversification Benefit<br />

• Sensitivity<br />

II. Capital assessment beyond<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic modeling<br />

A realistic portfolio can be analyzed in order <strong>to</strong> explain<br />

the methodology in more detail and <strong>to</strong> demonstrate the<br />

impact on diversification and capital. The table below<br />

shows exposure information for the main <strong>risk</strong> categories<br />

as well as their capital contributions in EUR millions.<br />

This portfolio is a P&C book with mainly Property,<br />

Liability and Mo<strong>to</strong>r. Assets are mostly invested in bonds,<br />

real estate and some equities.<br />

Exposure* Fully diversified<br />

Capital<br />

Non-Life New Business 210 52<br />

Non-Life Reserves 240 24<br />

Invested Assets 83 10<br />

Credit 107 5<br />

Other <strong>Risk</strong>s 107 1<br />

Operational <strong>Risk</strong> 107 2<br />

Total capital 94<br />

Example portfolio – gross P&C book with main <strong>risk</strong> categories as<br />

well as contributions <strong>to</strong> the diversified capital.<br />

* Exposure means: Written premium for New business, Reserves,<br />

Market value of invested assets and Available Capital for credit,<br />

operational and other <strong>risk</strong>s.


Fig. 39: Example – original exposure and capital<br />

Detailed view on P&C new business<br />

Premium<br />

Standalone Cap<br />

Property<br />

Non Cat<br />

Property<br />

Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

10<br />

0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40<br />

Total contribution <strong>to</strong> the fully diversified capital of P&C<br />

new business is EUR 52 million. Property Non-Cat is the<br />

largest Line of Business and consumes the most capital<br />

50<br />

70<br />

80<br />

29<br />

43<br />

53<br />

75<br />

Diversified Capital<br />

10<br />

10<br />

9<br />

23<br />

69%<br />

66%<br />

81%<br />

79%<br />

P&C New Business<br />

Book Capital: 52<br />

Example portfolio – Detailed view of the P&C new business book with premium volumes, standalone capital and contributions <strong>to</strong> the fully diversified<br />

capital. The diversification benefits per Line of Business in the full diversification is represented in orange. All amounts are in EUR millions.<br />

WHAT HAPPENS IF EXPOSURE CHANGES?<br />

Fig. 40: Standalone Capital (in €m)<br />

Example for Mo<strong>to</strong>r – doubling the premium<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r (New Business)<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

~106% standalone capital intensity<br />

50<br />

Written Premium<br />

100<br />

2x<br />

53.4<br />

Standalone Capital<br />

in a standalone and a diversified view. The diversification<br />

benefit for smaller Lines of Business is larger, but<br />

Property is also well diversified.<br />

In soft market<br />

you can grow only<br />

by adding business<br />

with higher <strong>risk</strong><br />

~106% standalone capital intensity<br />

160<br />

140<br />

160<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r Example, what can happen <strong>to</strong> the capital if the premium doubles. Three examples are presented showing the effects<br />

of diversification for different types of growth.<br />

3x<br />

Grow if diversity<br />

(healthy market),<br />

maximum of internal<br />

diversification:<br />

sqrt(2) = 1.41<br />

1.41x<br />

grow by adding<br />

weakly dependent<br />

business<br />

1.8x<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

~75% standalone<br />

capital intensity<br />

75<br />

~100% standalone<br />

capital intensity<br />

100<br />

Diversification Benefit<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 39


In the Mo<strong>to</strong>r Line of Business, the written premium is<br />

EUR 50 million and the standalone capital is EUR 53 million,<br />

which means that the capital intensity is around 100%.<br />

If the premium volume doubles, the capital should<br />

increase but it is not immediately clear by how much. The<br />

increase in capital actually depends on how the portfolio<br />

can be expanded. This can be achieved by increasing<br />

the share of business or writing new business, or a<br />

combination of both. For example in a soft market, the<br />

only way you can grow is through writing business that<br />

is worse than the existing book from a <strong>risk</strong> perspective.<br />

Then the capital intensity increases and the required<br />

capital subsequently increases over-proportionally. In the<br />

best-case scenario – i.e. in a healthy market – it is possible<br />

<strong>to</strong> expand so that the portfolio’s internal diversification<br />

improves significantly, increasing capital by a fac<strong>to</strong>r of 1,41<br />

(square root of two). If the portfolio were expanded with<br />

weakly dependent business, the capital would increase<br />

by a fac<strong>to</strong>r of around 1.8.<br />

Now, it is possible <strong>to</strong> explore the capital projections of<br />

the methodology if the portfolio changes. Two cases<br />

will be explored, one better-balanced portfolio and<br />

one extremely unbalanced portfolio, keeping the <strong>to</strong>tal<br />

premium volume constant.<br />

The first, balanced, portfolio has a new premium<br />

volume for Property Non-Cat of EUR 56 million<br />

(previously EUR 80 million), EUR 5 million for Property<br />

Cat (previously EUR 10 million) and EUR 99 million for<br />

Casualty (previously EUR 70 million). The Mo<strong>to</strong>r premium<br />

volume does not change. The <strong>to</strong>tal premium volume<br />

stays at EUR 210 million.<br />

In the second, extremely unbalanced portfolio,<br />

EUR 180 million of the new business premium is written<br />

in Mo<strong>to</strong>r, this is more than 80% of the <strong>to</strong>tal premium.<br />

The rest is written in the smaller lines. The <strong>to</strong>tal premium<br />

volume stays at EUR 210 million.<br />

40 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

AND PER RISK FACTORS<br />

Fig. 41: Capital requirements<br />

per <strong>risk</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>rs (in €m)<br />

Capital<br />

in €<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

Main <strong>Risk</strong>s<br />

Other<br />

Operational<br />

Credit<br />

Capital Deployment Overview<br />

94m<br />

52m<br />

89m<br />

46m<br />

Gross Gross Better<br />

Balanced<br />

170m<br />

127m<br />

Gross<br />

Unbalanced<br />

Invested Assets<br />

P&C Reserves<br />

P&C New Business<br />

Total capital (in orange) and main <strong>risk</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> the <strong>to</strong>tal<br />

required capital for the original example portfolio as well as<br />

the two modified portfolios. In black we show the<br />

contributions of the P&C new business capital.<br />

The <strong>to</strong>tal capital in the better-balanced portfolio<br />

drops <strong>to</strong> EUR 89 million, mainly due <strong>to</strong> the lower<br />

contribution of P&C new business. The extremely<br />

unbalanced portfolio has a much higher <strong>to</strong>tal capital<br />

of EUR 170 million, again mainly due <strong>to</strong> the much<br />

bigger impact of the P&C diversified capital. Capital<br />

consumption for the other <strong>risk</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>rs only changes<br />

marginally due <strong>to</strong> the change in diversification.<br />

The impact of the different Lines of Business on the<br />

capital contributions for the balanced and extremely<br />

unbalanced portfolio should be analyzed more<br />

precisely.


Fig. 42: Example – balanced<br />

Increasing Premium volume for Casualty, decreasing for Property<br />

Property<br />

Non Cat<br />

Property<br />

Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

Premium<br />

5<br />

-5<br />

50<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40<br />

P&C New Business<br />

Book Capital: 46<br />

As shown in Figure 42, the two Property lines diversify<br />

better in the more balanced portfolio. The diversification<br />

benefit increases from 69% and 66% for Property<br />

Non-Cat and Property Cat <strong>to</strong> 77% and 79% respectively.<br />

As expected, the diversification benefit for<br />

Casualty decreases from 79% <strong>to</strong> 68%, which is a natural<br />

consequence of a significant growth of this line.<br />

Below is a similar graph for the extremely unbalanced<br />

portfolio.<br />

56<br />

+29<br />

-24<br />

99<br />

Standalone Capital<br />

14<br />

50<br />

53<br />

66<br />

Diversified Capital<br />

Better balanced portfolio, P&C new business book with premium volumes, standalone capital and contributions <strong>to</strong> the fully diversified<br />

capital. The diversification benefits per Line of Business in full diversification are in orange. All amounts are in EUR millions.<br />

Fig. 43: Example – very unbalanced<br />

Basically a mono-line company<br />

Total<br />

Property<br />

Property<br />

Cat<br />

Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Casualty<br />

Premium<br />

2<br />

14<br />

14<br />

180<br />

Standalone Capital<br />

11<br />

9<br />

9<br />

3<br />

11<br />

11<br />

21<br />

77%<br />

79%<br />

80%<br />

68%<br />

The standalone capital and the contribution of Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

<strong>to</strong> the <strong>to</strong>tal diversified capital increase significantly. The<br />

diversification benefit for Mo<strong>to</strong>r drops from 80.6% <strong>to</strong><br />

38.7%. Diversification benefits on all lines except Mo<strong>to</strong>r<br />

are very large and the small lines are allocated very little<br />

capital. This effect can often be observed when there is<br />

a dominating <strong>risk</strong> category – “the winner takes all”.<br />

0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150<br />

208<br />

Diversified Capital<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

P&C New Business<br />

Book Capital: 129<br />

Diversification Benefit<br />

96%<br />

88%<br />

39%<br />

127<br />

Extremely unbalanced P&C new business book with premium volumes, standalone capital and contributions <strong>to</strong> the fully diversified capital.<br />

The diversification benefits per Line of Business in full diversification are in orange. All amounts are in EUR millions.<br />

96%<br />

Diversification Benefit<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 41


SOLVENCY RATIOS<br />

Finally, it is also interesting <strong>to</strong> observe the behavior of<br />

the solvency ratio between the original portfolio, the<br />

balanced portfolio and the unbalanced portfolio. The<br />

solvency ratio is defined as the quotient of the available<br />

capital of EUR 107 million and the required capital.<br />

Underwriting new business in a more balanced way<br />

improves the solvency ratio from 113% <strong>to</strong> 120%. The<br />

solvency ratio for the unbalanced case is below 100%,<br />

which means that this company would need <strong>to</strong> urgently<br />

raise capital or lower its required capital by de-<strong>risk</strong>ing the<br />

portfolio. Of course, in reality, there are limitations as <strong>to</strong><br />

how fast significant portfolio changes can be achieved<br />

due <strong>to</strong> changes in the underwriting policy. Reinsuring<br />

part of the portfolio could be a faster solution in terms<br />

of moving <strong>to</strong> a better-balanced portfolio. This example<br />

shows in particular that having a well-balanced portfolio<br />

is important from a capital perspective.<br />

Fig. 44: Solvency ratios<br />

of the three example portfolios<br />

Div. Capital<br />

in €m<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

42 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Required Capital<br />

vs. Available Capital<br />

113% 120%<br />

Gross Gross Better<br />

Balanced<br />

63%<br />

Solvency ratio<br />

Gross<br />

Unbalanced Available<br />

Capital<br />

III. Modeling of Diversification<br />

and other Challenges<br />

HOW CAPITAL CHANGES WITH EXPOSURE<br />

This section will now show in more detail how capital<br />

changes due <strong>to</strong> changes in exposure.<br />

Fig. 45: Exposure against capital<br />

intensity and against capital amounts<br />

(in %)<br />

200%<br />

180%<br />

160%<br />

140%<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

0<br />

(€m)<br />

1,000<br />

900<br />

800<br />

700<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000<br />

Exposure<br />

(€m)<br />

Standalone Capital Intensity<br />

Diversified Capital Intensity<br />

200 400 600 800<br />

Exposure<br />

LoB standalone Capital<br />

Diversified Capital 2009<br />

1,000<br />

(€m)


In Figure 45, exposure is shown on both X axes. The<br />

Y axis on the first graph shows capital intensity, while<br />

the Y axis on the second graph shows capital amounts.<br />

This model requires a number of parameters that need<br />

<strong>to</strong> be adapted and calibrated for different Lines of<br />

Business and markets.<br />

The behavior of the standalone capital intensity will be<br />

explained more in detail; diversified capital intensities<br />

behave similarly. In the second graph you can see<br />

that the capital amounts increase with the exposure.<br />

The development of standalone capital with growing<br />

exposure is modeled, assuming that a small portfolio<br />

can be expanded with improving internal diversification.<br />

This is where the capital intensities decrease<br />

with growing exposure. But there is a saturation<br />

point where diversified growth is no longer possible.<br />

The portfolio can only grow with worsening internal<br />

diversification, or because only <strong>risk</strong>ier new business can<br />

be underwritten. From this saturation point the capital<br />

intensities increase once again.<br />

The parameterization of the curve depends on the<br />

Lines of Business, the portfolio and the market, and<br />

should be chosen in such a way as <strong>to</strong> reflect realistic<br />

behavior.<br />

CHALLENGES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENT<br />

It is worth mentioning that there are many challenges<br />

and areas of future development surrounding this<br />

methodology. For example, the modeling of duration<br />

matching and interest rate sensitivity needs <strong>to</strong> be<br />

improved. If the asset allocation is changed significantly,<br />

this will change the duration of the assets, which may<br />

be better or worse matched <strong>to</strong> the duration of the<br />

liabilities. This should have an impact on the capital.<br />

Furthermore, the methodology needs some parameters<br />

– for example <strong>to</strong> describe the change in standalone<br />

capital when exposure changes, as discussed in<br />

the previous section. A realistic choice reflecting the<br />

portfolio and market conditions with appropriate<br />

parameters is challenging.<br />

To summarize, the methodology as it stands <strong>to</strong>day is<br />

used for the following:<br />

• Approximate assessment of capital requirements,<br />

taking changing diversification in<strong>to</strong> account.<br />

• Identification of main contribu<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> the capital<br />

requirements.<br />

• Assessment of capital adequacy (solvency ratio).<br />

• Approximate adjustments <strong>to</strong> the capital with changing<br />

exposure.<br />

Further planned developments include:<br />

• Profitability analysis of changing portfolio.<br />

• Impact of different reinsurance structures on<br />

capital.<br />

• Better modeling of interest rate sensitivities.<br />

This methodology can also be used <strong>to</strong> make the leap<br />

from a partial s<strong>to</strong>chastic model analysing the impact of<br />

a reinsurance structure <strong>to</strong> fully diversified capital.<br />

Conclusion<br />

For quick approximations of capital requirements,<br />

a simple proxy of a complex model, in our case the<br />

internal model, is needed. The methodology presented<br />

here shows one way of building such a proxy tailored<br />

<strong>to</strong> SCOR’s needs. Since diversification is an essential<br />

concept, this methodology is focused on more realistic<br />

modeling than Solvency II’s quantitative impact studies<br />

or the rating agencies’ models.<br />

Obviously, this methodology cannot replace a complex<br />

internal model, but it is a very useful extension since the<br />

calibration is <strong>based</strong> on the underlying complex model<br />

for fast and simple analyses. This article has shown a<br />

way of calibrating this model with benchmark data<br />

<strong>based</strong> on the Group Internal Model. Using other benchmark<br />

data allows an extension in order <strong>to</strong> address other<br />

issues or test potential business changes with the same<br />

methodology.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 43


5<br />

INTEGRATING RISK<br />

MODELING INTO<br />

THE ORGANIZATION JANICE COWLEY<br />

Program Direc<strong>to</strong>r of CoCPIT, SCOR<br />

CoCPIT (Cost of Capital, Pricing,<br />

IT) was a two-year program of change in terms of<br />

the cost of capital, pricing and IT, and was aimed<br />

at further integrating the internal model in<strong>to</strong> the<br />

organization. The program concluded in the<br />

summer of 2010. At its conclusion SCOR was able<br />

<strong>to</strong> demonstrate the Group’s strong involvement in<br />

modeling and the connectivity of the results <strong>to</strong> its<br />

day-<strong>to</strong>-day activities.<br />

This article provides simple and straightforward<br />

examples on how SCOR has:<br />

• Cemented the process of modeling and governance<br />

within the organization;<br />

• Integrated the use of the Group’s internal model in<strong>to</strong><br />

the organization.<br />

44 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

I. Cementing the process<br />

of modeling and governance<br />

within the organization<br />

The CoCPIT <strong>approach</strong> is <strong>based</strong> on three components:<br />

• Data Ownership and Audit ability are increasingly<br />

important due <strong>to</strong> the upcoming Solvency II regulations.<br />

They enable <strong>to</strong> have the data that feed the<br />

models within the organization. The systems that have<br />

been developed are built on three components:<br />

- Owners sign off on their data;<br />

- Au<strong>to</strong>mation and solid design provides a robust<br />

audit trail;<br />

- The development of a centralized data reposi<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

is used as the basis for capital modeling<br />

and will be used in the future for Solvency II and<br />

standard models.<br />

• A robust governance structure constitutes the second<br />

component of CoCPIT, comprising:<br />

- A defined and transparent governance<br />

structure;<br />

- The clear establishment of roles and responsibilities;<br />

- The involvement of the Executive Team and<br />

Board in the process.<br />

• Use of expertise within the organization <strong>to</strong> make<br />

sure that:<br />

- Processes are designed and their results validated<br />

in partnership with the organization;<br />

- Processes are flexible in order <strong>to</strong> benefit from<br />

expert judgment and knowledge. It is essential<br />

<strong>to</strong> know the limitations of the models;<br />

- Transparency is ensured concerning limitations<br />

and assumptions.


A CLEAR GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK UNDERPINS THE MODELING PROCESS<br />

Fig. 46: Modeling of <strong>risk</strong> and capital<br />

The involvement of the organization in modeling, validation, challenge and review<br />

is of paramount importance <strong>to</strong> SCOR<br />

Current<br />

Portfolio<br />

Plans<br />

Reserves<br />

Enter & Sign<br />

off data<br />

Retrocession<br />

& Hedges Economic<br />

Scenarios<br />

Model Life,<br />

P&C, Assets<br />

The process is structured so that the starting point is the<br />

provision of data and sign off before execution of the<br />

modeling of standalone and globally diversified results.<br />

The process is overlaid with the ALM Governance<br />

framework, which ensures the necessary technical and<br />

management reviews of results.<br />

Model Group<br />

Capital<br />

<strong>Risk</strong>-Based Capital<br />

& capital<br />

intensity<br />

Strategic Asset Allocation<br />

& duration matching<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> drivers<br />

& strategies<br />

Capital allocation<br />

Process<br />

Expert Review<br />

Groups<br />

ALM Technical<br />

Committee<br />

ALM Committee<br />

Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Info <strong>to</strong> regula<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

& Rating Agencies<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 45


Fig. 47: A clear governance framework underpins modeling process<br />

The pyramid above illustrates the review and approval<br />

process at SCOR.<br />

Expert reviews are designed <strong>to</strong> ensure that results are<br />

reviewed at a division level by those familiar with the<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s in that division. The review groups are composed<br />

of experts in that area. These division experts have a<br />

responsibility <strong>to</strong> ensure the technical and modeling<br />

accuracy of the results on a standalone level. The scope<br />

of the role includes ensuring the transparency of any<br />

limitations or assumptions within the model.<br />

The global technical review is performed by the<br />

ALM Technical Committee, which also reviews the<br />

consolidated results of the organization. Transparency<br />

on assumptions and limitations is provided and<br />

the impact of any changes <strong>to</strong> methodology is made<br />

explicit. The ALM Technical Committee comprises<br />

technical experts, including representatives from Group<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> division, Chief Reserving Actuaries,<br />

Pricing Actuaries, Head of Natural Catastrophes, Global<br />

Head of Retrocession, and so on.<br />

The ALM Committee, composed of the Group’s executive<br />

team, completes the management review of<br />

the results. The ALM Committee relies on the ALM<br />

46 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs via <strong>Risk</strong> Committee<br />

Endorses ALM results<br />

Approves Strategic Asset Allocation ”SAA”<br />

Endorses capital and buffer<br />

ALM Committee<br />

Optimal capital deployment <strong>to</strong> achieve <strong>risk</strong>/return<br />

Proposes <strong>risk</strong> <strong>based</strong> capital, buffers & SAA<br />

Sets <strong>risk</strong> mitigation strategies & manages <strong>to</strong> defined <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerances<br />

Affirms the appropriate capital allocation per portfolio for pricing<br />

ALM Technical Committee<br />

Alerts ALM Committee <strong>to</strong> any limitations of the model<br />

Assures accuracy and completeness of models + results<br />

Proposes the capital allocation per portfolio for pricing<br />

Assets, Life & P&C Technical Review Groups<br />

Assure the accuracy and completeness of standalone results<br />

Alerts the ALM Technical Committee <strong>to</strong> limitations, areas of<br />

judgement and decisions taken <strong>to</strong> assure accurate results<br />

Technical Committee for the accuracy of the results and<br />

<strong>to</strong> understand the drivers behind change, limitations<br />

and areas where judgment is required. As part of this<br />

process, the ALM Committee often focuses on areas<br />

requiring management action, for instance areas<br />

where <strong>risk</strong>s are arising, where diversification is not<br />

optimized or where there are proposals worth pursuing,<br />

for example in relation <strong>to</strong> strategic allocation or <strong>risk</strong><br />

mitigation. These proposals are then put <strong>to</strong> the Board<br />

of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs.<br />

Finally the Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs, via the <strong>Risk</strong> Committee,<br />

endorses the results of the modeling process, sets the<br />

strategic asset allocation and ultimately agrees on <strong>risk</strong><br />

<strong>to</strong>lerance levels.<br />

TRANSPARENCY AND INVOLVEMENT<br />

ARE AT THE CORE OF SCOR’S APPROACH<br />

SCOR’s <strong>approach</strong> is <strong>based</strong> on three main features:<br />

• Advanced Models<br />

Governance<br />

<strong>Management</strong>/<br />

COMEX<br />

Technical<br />

Expert<br />

These constitute a basis for decision. It is important <strong>to</strong><br />

acknowledge that decision making needs <strong>to</strong> be <strong>based</strong><br />

around the results, and processes must provide for that<br />

flexibility.


• Assumptions and Limitations<br />

It is crucial in terms of gaining the trust and acceptance<br />

of the organization <strong>to</strong> identify and communicate the<br />

limitations of the internal model. Assumptions are<br />

transparent, so their validity can be unders<strong>to</strong>od and<br />

challenged where necessary. Limitations are made clear<br />

so that informed decisions can be made. Judgement is<br />

applied as necessary.<br />

• Involvement and disclosure<br />

Involvement, and ensuring that a constructive dialogue<br />

takes place, are crucial <strong>to</strong> the success. The ability <strong>to</strong><br />

analyze results is provided, thereby optimizing the use<br />

of the knowledge and expertise of the organization.<br />

These highlights illustrate how SCOR has cemented the<br />

process of internal modeling within the organization.<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

<strong>Risk</strong>/return decisions<br />

Financial &<br />

Economic Results<br />

Performance<br />

Measurement<br />

Business<br />

Actions<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Tolerances & Limits<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

Budgets<br />

II. Integrating the use<br />

of the Group internal model<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the organization<br />

In this section are selected examples of how the results<br />

of the internal model are used at SCOR.<br />

THE INTERNAL MODEL IS A CORNERSTONE<br />

OF <strong>ERM</strong> AT SCOR<br />

Figure 48 shows how capital and <strong>risk</strong> are integrated in<strong>to</strong><br />

the organization, from strategy setting and business<br />

planning through <strong>to</strong> capital allocation, <strong>risk</strong> budgets,<br />

underwriting execution and performance evaluation.<br />

Strategy & <strong>Risk</strong> Appetite<br />

Capital and <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance are key considerations when<br />

setting and affirming the strategy.<br />

• When considering the strategic plan, the implications<br />

on capital are confirmed and it is ensured that the<br />

Group does not exceed its <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance.<br />

• When the results of the Group internal model are<br />

discussed, the Board <strong>Risk</strong> Committee ensures that<br />

SCOR’s target <strong>risk</strong> profile is respected and the<br />

expected return and volatility are unders<strong>to</strong>od.<br />

• The capital buffer is set in line with the capital shield<br />

strategy <strong>to</strong> avoid the need <strong>to</strong> regularly <strong>approach</strong> the<br />

shareholders for additional funding.<br />

Fig. 48: Integrating the internal model in<strong>to</strong> the organization’s processes<br />

The internal model is a corners<strong>to</strong>ne of <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> at SCOR<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Strategy &<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Appetite<br />

Available capital & <strong>Risk</strong> Tolerance<br />

Target capital & <strong>Risk</strong> Profile<br />

Portfolio<br />

Planning &<br />

Optimization<br />

Capital<br />

Allocation<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Capital & <strong>Risk</strong> Awareness<br />

Trade off analysis<br />

Diversification benefit<br />

Sensitivity of result<br />

CaDeT – SCOR’s <strong>to</strong>ol<br />

<strong>to</strong> support strategic planning<br />

Capital diversification benefits<br />

Principles of capital allocation<br />

Proactive operational <strong>risk</strong> allocation<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 47


Fig. 49: Appropriate executive level governance over <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance and adherence<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Tolerance is set by the Board of Direc<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

SCOR’s Board and Executive <strong>Management</strong> team regularly review the Group’s <strong>Risk</strong> Profile and Available<br />

Capital <strong>to</strong> ensure that they remain aligned with the Group’s <strong>Risk</strong> Appetite framework<br />

Change in Economic Value in EUR bn<br />

At a strategic and Board level, an understanding of the<br />

<strong>risk</strong> profile is important. The corporate level <strong>to</strong>lerances<br />

are taken and combined with operational level limits,<br />

so that an end <strong>to</strong> end or <strong>to</strong>p <strong>to</strong> bot<strong>to</strong>m <strong>approach</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>risk</strong><br />

<strong>to</strong>lerance and appetite within the company is get.<br />

Portfolio Planning & Optimization<br />

The portfolio planning and optimization is carried out<br />

on the basis of:<br />

• Capital & <strong>Risk</strong> Awareness<br />

• Trade off analysis<br />

• Diversification benefit<br />

• Sensitivity of result<br />

• CaDeT – SCOR’s <strong>to</strong>ol <strong>to</strong> support strategic planning<br />

48 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Net income Expected<br />

growth in<br />

economic value<br />

+ Buffer Capital Required Capital Available Capital<br />

Return Period in Years<br />

CaDeT is an abbreviation for Capital Deployment Tool.<br />

CaDeT provides real time information on the impact<br />

of changed exposure (or business plans) on capital<br />

requirements and diversification benefit/optimization.<br />

The <strong>to</strong>ol is the organization’s response <strong>to</strong> the need for<br />

real time information on capital and <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

Figure 50 demonstrates its internal usefulness. The<br />

numbers used in this example are just illustrative. It is<br />

possible <strong>to</strong> alter exposure, and the standalone capital<br />

and diversified capital will respond instantly. A key<br />

feature is the consideration of the changed exposure<br />

and diversification benefit across the entire portfolio.<br />

In addition <strong>to</strong> presenting capital and <strong>risk</strong> numbers, this<br />

example shows the probable volatility of results.<br />

For SCOR, CaDeT has represented a big step forward<br />

in terms of integrating modeling results in<strong>to</strong> the organization.<br />

CaDeT has proven <strong>to</strong> be extremely beneficial<br />

for strategic decision making in terms of portfolio<br />

composition and looking at potential business<br />

acquisitions. It is also used <strong>to</strong> cement the understanding<br />

of capital and <strong>risk</strong> across the organization, because it<br />

is very simple <strong>to</strong> use and easily accessible.


Fig. 50: CaDeT example (Simplified example)<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Fac<strong>to</strong>r Exposure Standalone Capital Diversified Capital Diversification <strong>Risk</strong><br />

Moni<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Current Change New Current New Change Current New Change 2009 Plan<br />

P&C New Business 1,500 50% 2,250 800 1,100 38% 415 700 69% 48% 36% <br />

P&C Reserves 5,000 5,000 800 800 0% 625 600 -4% 22% 25% <br />

Life 1,300 1,300 850 850 0% 450 415 -8% 47% 51% <br />

Investments 5,000 5,000 350 350 0% 65 55 -15% 81% 84% <br />

Other 2,000 2,100 150 150 0% 30 25 -17% 80% 83% <br />

Total 1,585 1,795 13%<br />

Changes in exposure<br />

(different granularities available)<br />

Available & Required Capital - Internal Model<br />

Available Capital<br />

2,000<br />

Current<br />

2,100<br />

New<br />

100<br />

THE INTERNAL MODEL IS THE BASIS<br />

FOR CAPITAL ALLOCATION<br />

Current<br />

Under CoCPIT, SCOR sought <strong>to</strong> cement an over-arching<br />

global framework around capital allocation. To achieve<br />

this, SCOR established a global multi-division, multifunctional<br />

team <strong>to</strong> look at this <strong>to</strong>pic.<br />

The key principles <strong>to</strong> follow in Capital Allocation<br />

were defined at the outset and can be summarized<br />

as follows:<br />

• Align with the Group Internal Model: the objective<br />

was <strong>to</strong> make sure that capital allocation was<br />

connected <strong>to</strong> our Group internal model results.<br />

• Allocate Gross of Retrocession: a second key principle<br />

was <strong>to</strong> allocate capital gross of retrocession – whilst<br />

SCOR allows for retrocession benefit in the pricing of<br />

treaties, the capital allocated and basis for measuring<br />

return, is gross.<br />

Required Capital<br />

Diversified (net) capital<br />

1,615<br />

1,825<br />

New<br />

210<br />

Are assessed real-time<br />

in terms of <strong>risk</strong> and capital<br />

Solvency Ratio<br />

= Available/Required<br />

124%<br />

115%<br />

2009 Plan<br />

-9%<br />

Solvency moni<strong>to</strong>r:<br />

• Capital allocated reflects <strong>risk</strong>: the general principle<br />

regarding the comparative quantum of capital<br />

allocated was that the greater the <strong>risk</strong>, the greater<br />

the dependence or the greater the development<br />

time, then the greater the amount of capital allocated<br />

<strong>to</strong> a portfolio or a treaty.<br />

• Unit of measure: the idea was <strong>to</strong> try introducing a<br />

common unit of measure for capital allocation – by<br />

using capital intensities, ensuring that the exposure<br />

measure is appropriate <strong>to</strong> the underlying business.<br />

• Moni<strong>to</strong>r and manage: it was agreed upfront that<br />

there must be a moni<strong>to</strong>ring process <strong>to</strong> review the<br />

actual capital allocated within pricing vs. expectation,<br />

so that deviations are known and unders<strong>to</strong>od and if<br />

necessary action is taken.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 49


Fig. 51: In pricing, allocation of capital follows strategic principles<br />

Measurement of <strong>risk</strong> and allocation of diversification benefit<br />

RISK TOLERANCES AT THE OPERATIONAL<br />

LEVEL ENSURE CONNECTIVITY OF THE<br />

STRATEGY WITH DAY-TO-DAY OPERATIONS<br />

In day-<strong>to</strong>-day decision making, capital and return on<br />

that capital is a key fac<strong>to</strong>r that SCOR examines in terms<br />

of when the business is actually written.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> budgets<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance is set on the basis of available capital and<br />

is implemented at all levels of the company:<br />

• At Group level, <strong>to</strong> ensure that the company is not<br />

over-exposed <strong>to</strong> a single event combining all Lines<br />

of Business and asset classes;<br />

• At Lines of Business level, <strong>to</strong> avoid concentration<br />

of <strong>risk</strong> in specific Lines of Business or asset classes<br />

and hence ensure that the diversification benefits<br />

are optimized.<br />

Fig. 52: <strong>Risk</strong> / Return decisions at the treaty level are assessed<br />

against capital allocated<br />

The capital allocated <strong>to</strong> the <strong>risk</strong>s has a cost associated: the shareholder expects a return, the bondholder an interest.<br />

50 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

Expenses<br />

Terms & Conditions<br />

Pure Losses<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital<br />

Expenses<br />

Terms & Conditions<br />

Pure Losses<br />

Economic<br />

profit<br />

Cost<br />

of capital<br />

Expenses<br />

Expected<br />

Loss<br />

Economic<br />

profit<br />

Cost<br />

of capital<br />

Expenses<br />

Expected<br />

Loss<br />

It is worth noting that <strong>risk</strong> mitigation measures such as<br />

retrocession, and other hedging are applied <strong>to</strong> ensure<br />

that <strong>risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance levels are respected.<br />

Business actions and performance<br />

measurement<br />

A key fac<strong>to</strong>r in the decision whether or not <strong>to</strong> underwrite<br />

a contract is the return on the allocated capital.<br />

Thus, at the treaty level the results of the internal model<br />

are used as a basis for decisions.<br />

As an example:<br />

Capital allocated<br />

The capital allocated is <strong>based</strong><br />

on the <strong>risk</strong> of each and every treaty<br />

Diversification benefit from<br />

the internal model is leveraged<br />

The charge <strong>to</strong> the contract<br />

is the cost of that capital<br />

The amount of capital allocated<br />

is moni<strong>to</strong>red<br />

• If 100 in capital is allocated and a profit of 15 is<br />

expected <strong>to</strong> be made, then the expected return on<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-adjusted capital is 15%.<br />

• If, however, this were a more <strong>risk</strong>y contract, potentially<br />

with a greater dependence or a longer tail, then it<br />

may have a capital allocated of 150. Consequentially<br />

the expected return would be 10%.<br />

Return on capital<br />

The capital allocated is <strong>based</strong><br />

on the <strong>risk</strong> of each and every treaty<br />

The performance / return assessment<br />

is <strong>based</strong> on that capital<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital: 100, Profit: 15<br />

Return on capital: 15%<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Capital 150, Profit: 15<br />

Return on capital: 10%


Conclusion<br />

The results of SCOR’s internal model are important<br />

<strong>to</strong> the company’s organization. The CoCPIT team has<br />

therefore invested a lot of time <strong>to</strong> ensure that the<br />

Group internal model is connected <strong>to</strong> day-<strong>to</strong>-day decision<br />

making within the organization.<br />

The involvement of the management from the outset<br />

is of paramount importance in terms of integrating<br />

capital and <strong>risk</strong> management in<strong>to</strong> the organization.<br />

Robust governance with executive involvement ensures<br />

the appropriate management of <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

The internal model provides important information <strong>to</strong><br />

assess whether the Group’s <strong>risk</strong> profile is in line with the<br />

Group <strong>risk</strong> appetite framework. Nonetheless, it does<br />

not replace the need for decisions.<br />

Finally, building the trust of stakeholders, both internally<br />

and externally, is immensely important. CoCPIT<br />

team has therefore ensured that it is very transparent<br />

around its assumptions and also its limitations, so that<br />

people know when <strong>to</strong> rely on the results and in what<br />

areas they might have <strong>to</strong> make judgment decisions.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 51


6<br />

INVESTMENT AND RISK<br />

MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES<br />

IN A CHANGING REGULATORY<br />

FRAMEWORK JULIEN S. HALFON<br />

Head of Coverage<br />

P-Solve <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Solutions<br />

The Solvency II Directive is now<br />

almost fully drafted and its content is relatively<br />

well defined. Notwithstanding, large-scale changes<br />

in regulation, even when they are known, can<br />

bring unforeseen consequences – positive or negative<br />

– often because of external fac<strong>to</strong>rs such as<br />

market moves or changes in behaviors. The pension<br />

markets – especially in the UK and the Netherlands<br />

– have undergone similar changes over the last<br />

decade. The outcomes of these changes were not<br />

always what they were expected <strong>to</strong> be.<br />

52 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The main question that arises in this article is: what<br />

happens <strong>to</strong> investment and <strong>risk</strong> management strategies<br />

when the regula<strong>to</strong>ry framework changes? To answer<br />

that question, this article proposes <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• Review the changes that have taken place in terms of<br />

pension regulation in the UK and the Netherlands;<br />

• Understand the implications and challenges faced by<br />

UK and Dutch pension funds;<br />

• Analyze changes <strong>to</strong> investment and <strong>risk</strong> management<br />

strategies: How they have evolved and how pension<br />

funds have responded <strong>to</strong> regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes.<br />

The following are the views of Julien S. Halfon and do not<br />

necessarily represent the views of P-Solve Investments<br />

Limited.


I. Regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes<br />

Interestingly enough, the drivers behind all these<br />

changes have little <strong>to</strong> do with pensions. If anything,<br />

regulation has essentially been driven by specific<br />

events such as the collapse of the Enron and Maxwell<br />

Communication Corporation pension funds (which<br />

drove a lot of UK and US pension funds <strong>to</strong> change<br />

their investment framework) and by the attempt <strong>to</strong><br />

create a single financial solvency framework (notably<br />

in the Netherlands) between Life insurance companies<br />

and pension funds.<br />

Early on, market specialists realized that pension funds<br />

behaved like captive Life insurance companies and had<br />

<strong>to</strong> be regulated in a similar way. Therefore, changes in<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>ry frameworks have mostly, but not only, been<br />

driven by financial and solvency considerations rather<br />

than human resources considerations.<br />

Across the various markets, pension regula<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />

accounting changes in the UK and the Netherlands<br />

(and also <strong>to</strong> some extent in Switzerland and the US)<br />

were aimed essentially at:<br />

• Applying fair value <strong>to</strong> both sides of the balance sheet;<br />

• Maintaining relatively high regula<strong>to</strong>ry solvency and<br />

funding levels;<br />

• Increasing corporate sponsor responsibility; and<br />

• Increasing governance and education.<br />

These changes <strong>to</strong>uched upon many aspects of pension<br />

funds’ financial management. It is worth noting<br />

that the European Solvency II Directive will also require<br />

similar changes.<br />

APPLYING FAIR VALUE TO ASSETS<br />

AND LIABILITIES<br />

Pension assets have traditionally been (and remain)<br />

invested in liquid financial securities such as bonds,<br />

equities and properties, because these assets are:<br />

• Easy <strong>to</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>r;<br />

• Easy <strong>to</strong> periodically value; and<br />

• Easy <strong>to</strong> liquidate when required.<br />

Defined benefit pension liabilities are discounted using<br />

market-observable instruments rather than the fixed<br />

discount rates that were used for years:<br />

• Government bond yields or swap curves – for both<br />

interest rates and inflation – for solvency and funding<br />

purposes; and<br />

• AA corporate bond yields and breakeven inflation for<br />

accounting purposes.<br />

This has created a more consistent framework for both<br />

sides of the balance sheet.<br />

FUNDING LEVEL: THE CASE OF THE UK<br />

The changes in the UK funding framework responded <strong>to</strong><br />

the need for pension funds <strong>to</strong> be fully funded or close <strong>to</strong><br />

full funding at any point in time. If a pension fund is in<br />

deficit there is a requirement <strong>to</strong> get back <strong>to</strong> full funding<br />

within a relatively short period of time. Funding levels<br />

have become scheme-specific and depend on:<br />

• The size and nature of the liabilities;<br />

• The size of the deficit; and<br />

• The investment strategy.<br />

Given the existing funding deficits, most funds aim first<br />

for deficit reduction and try <strong>to</strong> achieve full funding in<br />

the medium <strong>to</strong> long term.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 53


What have been the main changes <strong>to</strong> the regulations?<br />

• Valuation assumptions now take in<strong>to</strong> account the<br />

<strong>risk</strong>iness of asset allocation and the probability of<br />

achieving return objectives;<br />

• Pension scheme trustees maintain a strict fund<br />

governance between valuation dates; and<br />

• Additional contributions are requested from the<br />

sponsor and recovery periods were initially set at<br />

seven years (because of the Credit Crisis, this has<br />

been extended <strong>to</strong> ten <strong>to</strong> fifteen years).<br />

UK funding requirements have become more<br />

conservative.<br />

SOLVENCY LEVEL: THE CASE<br />

OF THE NETHERLANDS<br />

The same phenomenon occurred in the Netherlands,<br />

with a somewhat different outcome.<br />

In the New Financial Assessment Framework (nFTK)<br />

produced by the Dutch National Bank, pension fund<br />

solvency measures have also been made schemespecific<br />

and dependent on:<br />

• The size and nature of the liabilities;<br />

• The size of the deficit; and<br />

• The investment strategy.<br />

The objectives were <strong>to</strong> maintain high solvency levels<br />

and reduce the volatility of the net position by creating<br />

an asset buffer that protects solvency against sudden<br />

drops. In order <strong>to</strong> define the buffer, three solvency<br />

tests (minimum, solvency and continuity) have been<br />

established using two different methods.<br />

This <strong>approach</strong> is driven by the concept of economic<br />

shortfall <strong>risk</strong>. Broadly speaking, if a pension fund has a<br />

<strong>risk</strong>y asset allocation, it should reserve more (i.e. set up<br />

a higher buffer) for solvency purposes as the probability<br />

<strong>to</strong> become insolvent increases. The specific constraint<br />

is that a pension fund should always remain funded<br />

over a twelve-month period on a 97.5 percentile<br />

probability basis.<br />

In practice, Dutch pension funds need about 25% -<br />

30% more assets than nominal liabilities <strong>to</strong> meet this<br />

requirement. The minimum funding requirement is<br />

105% on a nominal basis (i.e. without inflation) before<br />

triggering a reaction from the regula<strong>to</strong>r.<br />

Solvency requirements have also become more<br />

conservative for Dutch pension funds.<br />

54 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

CORPORATE SPONSOR RESPONSIBILITY<br />

Corporate sponsors have been made more responsible<br />

from legal and financial standpoints in both countries.<br />

Their responsibilities and duties have been expanded:<br />

• Walking away from pension obligations has become<br />

very difficult;<br />

• Regula<strong>to</strong>rs in the UK and the Netherlands tend <strong>to</strong><br />

frown upon hazardous investment strategies and<br />

penalize them; and<br />

• Additional contribution levels and recovery periods<br />

are set on the basis of the size of the deficit and the<br />

<strong>risk</strong>iness of the sponsor and its capacity <strong>to</strong> pay.<br />

Changes in regulation and accounting standards have<br />

significantly affected the sponsoring companies.<br />

Corporate pension obligations are also becoming more<br />

transparent and are being scrutinized internally and<br />

externally. For example, in 2003 Standard & Poor’s<br />

produced a list that they called the “dirty dozen”,<br />

which consisted of around ten European companies<br />

with pension problems that could negatively impact<br />

their credit rating.<br />

GOVERNANCE AND EDUCATION<br />

Increased governance is the last corners<strong>to</strong>ne of the<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes. Pension funds have a duty <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• Draft investment principles and implementation<br />

guidelines;<br />

• Select investment and <strong>risk</strong> management advisors;<br />

• Moni<strong>to</strong>r asset performance and the evolution of<br />

liabilities.<br />

Filing with bodies such as the Dutch National Bank or the<br />

(UK) Pension Regula<strong>to</strong>r has also been made compulsory.<br />

Pension fund management bodies have therefore<br />

significantly invested in outside advice and education.<br />

They collaborate with sec<strong>to</strong>r associations, consulting<br />

firms, asset managers and investment banks offering<br />

advisory services and education programs <strong>to</strong> trustees<br />

and investment committees.


II. Implications & Challenges<br />

OVERALL IMPLICATIONS<br />

• The new regulations are moving <strong>to</strong>wards one<br />

common solvency framework for all financial<br />

institutions, as is already the case in the Netherlands<br />

and in some Scandinavian countries.<br />

• The new regulations turned pensions in<strong>to</strong> a<br />

problem scrutinized by equity and credit research<br />

analysts and by inves<strong>to</strong>rs. Insurance companies and<br />

pension funds suddenly appeared on the radars of<br />

rating agencies, equity analysts and credit research<br />

analysts.<br />

• They also turned pensions in<strong>to</strong> asset-liability and<br />

<strong>risk</strong> management problems, with long durations<br />

and potentially indexed liabilities. Before that,<br />

liabilities were fixed and pension funds had <strong>to</strong><br />

manage assets in a way that was consistent with a<br />

solvent situation.<br />

• Regula<strong>to</strong>rs require pension funds <strong>to</strong> be or <strong>to</strong><br />

remain well funded and solvent. The new regulations<br />

make it quite onerous <strong>to</strong> take <strong>risk</strong>s in the<br />

Netherlands or <strong>to</strong> count on corporate sponsors in<br />

the UK.<br />

These four points demonstrate that changes in regulation<br />

have also changed the nature of the problem. From a<br />

human resources problem it has become a financial<br />

institution problem with investment, <strong>risk</strong> management,<br />

corporate finance and credit rating implications.<br />

CHALLENGES<br />

Fig. 53: Applying fair value <strong>to</strong> Assets and Liabilities<br />

UK Liability Valuation Drivers<br />

8.0%<br />

7.0%<br />

6.0%<br />

5.0%<br />

4.0%<br />

3.0%<br />

2.0%<br />

Dec-99<br />

Jun-00 Dec-00 Jun-01<br />

UK 30-yr Gilt Yields<br />

Source: Bloomberg.<br />

Dec-01 Jun-02 Dec-02 Jun-03 Dec-03 Jun-04 Dec-04 Jun-05 Dec-05<br />

UK 30-yr BE Inflation<br />

The market observable indica<strong>to</strong>rs now used <strong>to</strong> discount<br />

liabilities are volatile. Market volatility now<br />

affects both sides of the pension fund’s balance<br />

sheet as well as those of the corporate sponsors.<br />

As shown in Figure 53, corporate bond yields moved<br />

from 5% <strong>to</strong> 7% between December 2005 and<br />

December 2008. Assuming a liability duration (average<br />

liability cash flow maturity) of about 20 years, a 2%<br />

move in interest corresponds <strong>to</strong> a 40% change in the<br />

value of liabilities.<br />

Likewise, during the same period, inflation moved from<br />

3% <strong>to</strong> almost 4%, and dropped by 1 percentage point<br />

in 2007 and 2008. These changes are also in the range<br />

of 20% <strong>to</strong> 30% of the <strong>to</strong>tal amount of liabilities.<br />

Sterling AA Credit Spread over 15yr<br />

Jun-06 Dec-06 Jun-07 Dec-07 Jun-08 Dec-08 Jun-09 Dec-09<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 55


By moving in<strong>to</strong> a market-consistent framework for<br />

the valuation of assets and liabilities, the regulations<br />

brought large amounts of volatility <strong>to</strong> the pension funds<br />

and <strong>to</strong> the sponsors. This volatility is unrewarded as it<br />

applies <strong>to</strong> liabilities.<br />

The sponsors have become legally and financially<br />

responsible. They have <strong>to</strong> make their contributions<br />

according <strong>to</strong> the deficit and their financial capacity<br />

<strong>to</strong> help fund pension deficits.<br />

Figure 54 presents the additional pension fund<br />

contributions of 340 large public and private institutions<br />

in the UK. In the 90s these represented between<br />

GBP 500 million and 1 billion per quarter on average.<br />

Fig. 54: UK Corporate Sponsor Responsibility<br />

UK Sponsors’ Additional Contributions<br />

£ bn<br />

5.0<br />

4.0<br />

3.0<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

0.0<br />

1992<br />

1993<br />

1994<br />

Special Contributions<br />

56 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

1995<br />

1996<br />

1997<br />

1998<br />

1999<br />

4 Quarter Moving Average<br />

340 public and private funds (including some DC contributions).<br />

Source: PPF & ONS.<br />

2000<br />

When the problem arose in 2001/2002, contributions<br />

started <strong>to</strong> increase significantly. When the new<br />

regulations came in<strong>to</strong> force, the contribution levels<br />

increased <strong>to</strong> almost GBP 5 billion per quarter.<br />

In the mid 2000s sponsors could afford <strong>to</strong> pay high<br />

levels of contribution. However, since 2008, companies<br />

have had less cash flow, so they have not been able <strong>to</strong><br />

contribute as much. Contributions decreased <strong>to</strong> GBP<br />

1.5 billion. The assumption that corporate sponsors<br />

would be able <strong>to</strong> help did not prove <strong>to</strong> be accurate.<br />

Funding levels have improved but assets need<br />

<strong>to</strong> increase and/or liabilities <strong>to</strong> decrease in order<br />

<strong>to</strong> return <strong>to</strong> full funding.<br />

2001<br />

2002<br />

2003<br />

2004<br />

2005<br />

2006<br />

2007<br />

2008<br />

2009


Fig. 55: UK defined-benefit pension Assets & Liabilities<br />

UK pension Assets & Liabilities<br />

Assets & <strong>Risk</strong>-Free Liabilities (£ m)<br />

1,500,000<br />

1,250,000<br />

1,000,000<br />

750,000<br />

500,000<br />

250,000<br />

0<br />

2001<br />

Corporate Schemes Corporate Scheme Liabilities<br />

Source: OECD, PPF, Watson Wyatt & P-Solve Estimates.<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />

Figure 55 shows that corporate pension plans<br />

roughly hold about GBP 1.2 trn of liabilities for about<br />

GBP 1.0 trn of assets. The actuarial funding level is<br />

estimated at 85.9% (almost the highest in the last<br />

10 years). Interestingly enough, the shock in 2008<br />

was not as marked as people thought because at the<br />

same time as bond yields went up, inflation went down.<br />

This provided relief on the liability side.<br />

Dutch pension funds’ solvency ratios have decreased<br />

and appear <strong>to</strong> remain volatile.<br />

Solvency levels fell sharply as a result of the credit<br />

crisis and remain volatile. If anything, since the new<br />

Dutch regulations came in<strong>to</strong> place, because of market<br />

issues, the funding level became even more volatile.<br />

Corporate Scheme Funding Level<br />

Fig. 56: Dutch defined-benefit pension Assets & Liabilities<br />

Dutch pension Assets & Liabilities<br />

Assets & <strong>Risk</strong>-Free Liabilities (€ m)<br />

1,000,000<br />

750,000<br />

500,000<br />

250,000<br />

0<br />

2001<br />

Assets Estimated Liabilities (Technical Provisions)<br />

Source: DNB & Dutch Insurers Association.<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

As indicated in Figure 56, the funding level in 2007<br />

was almost 150%. At the end of December 2009,<br />

Dutch pension funds roughly held about EUR 610 bn<br />

of liabilities for about EUR 666 trn of assets. The overall<br />

solvency ratio went down <strong>to</strong> below <strong>to</strong> 97% or 98%,<br />

then went back up <strong>to</strong> 109% (with a lot of pension<br />

funds still below the limit of 105%). Complex solvency<br />

models did not take extreme events in<strong>to</strong> account.<br />

These examples above show that, by themselves,<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes did not bring all of the outcomes<br />

expected. They did not bring full funding or more solvent<br />

pension systems, in the UK or in the Netherlands. Nor<br />

did they bring a reduction in funding level volatilities.<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />

Estimated funding ratio (%)<br />

150%<br />

100%<br />

50%<br />

0%<br />

Funding Level<br />

Funding Level<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 57


III. Changes in Investment and<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Strategies<br />

What actually happened is, in many ways, far more<br />

interesting. To respond <strong>to</strong> the challenges of the<br />

changing regula<strong>to</strong>ry framework and environment, the<br />

investment and <strong>risk</strong> management strategies of defined<br />

benefit pension funds, as well as their benefit policies,<br />

have evolved dramatically over the last decade.<br />

Pension fund managers, trustees, investment committees,<br />

pension fund boards and corporate sponsors in<br />

both countries looked at the problem and unders<strong>to</strong>od<br />

that they had <strong>to</strong> change the way in which they thought,<br />

managed their <strong>risk</strong>s and invested their funds. They also<br />

modified their benefit and contribution structures.<br />

Liability and <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> had become crucial<br />

words by the second half of this decade.<br />

APPROACH TO CHANGES IN INVESTMENT<br />

AND RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES<br />

The traditional de-<strong>risk</strong>ing <strong>approach</strong> for pension funds<br />

(and their corporate sponsors) consisted in selling all<br />

or part of their liabilities <strong>to</strong> insurance companies (bulk<br />

annuity buyout). However, because of their prohibitive<br />

cost, “pension liability buyout” was out of the reach of<br />

most pension funds, which preferred <strong>to</strong> decompose the<br />

entire <strong>approach</strong>, starting with a <strong>risk</strong> budgeting exercise<br />

where <strong>risk</strong>s would be identified and qualified.<br />

Figure 57 describes the various alternative stages <strong>to</strong> an<br />

annuity buyout.<br />

The process involves:<br />

• Reducing liabilities by closing down the defined<br />

benefit pension fund, limiting indexation or freezing<br />

the benefits.<br />

• Diversifying investments by moving out of listed<br />

local equities in<strong>to</strong> new asset classes.<br />

• Hedging unrewarded liability <strong>risk</strong>s such as interest<br />

rates and inflation and more recently longevity.<br />

The amount of <strong>risk</strong> reduced is similar <strong>to</strong> that of an<br />

annuity buyout, but the process is far less expensive.<br />

Fig. 57: Approach <strong>to</strong> changes in investment and <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> strategies<br />

Multiple instruments are used <strong>to</strong> achieve diversification and de-<strong>risk</strong>ing, starting with <strong>risk</strong> budgeting<br />

Increasing <strong>Risk</strong><br />

58 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Current Exposure<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Budgeting<br />

Liability Reduction<br />

Diversification<br />

Interest Rate Hedging<br />

Inflation Hedging<br />

Longevity Hedging<br />

Insurance premium<br />

Increasing Cost<br />

Annuity buyout


RISK BUDGETING<br />

Pension funds and corporate sponsors are now<br />

developing pension <strong>risk</strong> budgets <strong>based</strong> on capital<br />

market and corporate finance models, in order <strong>to</strong> assess<br />

the implications of different investment and <strong>risk</strong> management<br />

strategies in terms of:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong>-return profiles;<br />

• Solvency and funding;<br />

• Contributions; and<br />

• Corporate sponsor metrics (net debt, net income or<br />

free cash flow).<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> budgets tend <strong>to</strong> include:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>to</strong>lerance limits for both the pension fund and<br />

the sponsoring company;<br />

• Alternative investment and <strong>risk</strong> management strategies<br />

<strong>to</strong> be applied at varying levels of solvency<br />

through the use of trigger points; and<br />

• Differentiation in the treatment of rewarded and<br />

unrewarded <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

Fig. 58: Liability reduction<br />

Membership by member type - UK<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Actives<br />

Mar-06<br />

Source: PPF and P-Solve Estimates.<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Deferred<br />

Approaches <strong>to</strong> investment and <strong>risk</strong> management strategies<br />

are increasingly influenced by capital market and<br />

investment banking activities.<br />

LIABILITY REDUCTION<br />

Corporate sponsors started closing down their defined<br />

benefit funds <strong>to</strong> new members in the late 1990s, but<br />

accelerated in the late 2000s. They also changed or<br />

reduced the indexation policy. More recently, they also<br />

started freezing defined benefit pension funds. Closure<br />

<strong>to</strong> new members and an increase in deferred members<br />

has reduced the pension liabilities of many pension<br />

funds. Defined contribution plans have been set up as<br />

an alternative.<br />

Figure 58 shows the impact of closing down and<br />

freezing plans on the membership profile in the UK<br />

and the Netherlands.<br />

33% 33% 36% 36% 37%<br />

41% 42%<br />

Mar-07 Mar-08 Mar-09<br />

Mar-10 (E)<br />

Retirees<br />

42% 43% 44%<br />

26% 25% 22% 21% 19%<br />

Membership by member type - NL<br />

Actives<br />

Dec-05<br />

Source: DNB and P-Solve Estimates.<br />

14% 15% 15% 15% 15%<br />

49% 50% 51% 52% 54%<br />

37% 35% 34% 33% 31%<br />

Deferred<br />

Dec-06 Dec-07 Dec-08<br />

Dec-10 (E)<br />

Retirees<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 59


The number of UK active members fell from 26% in<br />

March 2006 <strong>to</strong> 19% in March 2010. The number of<br />

deferred members rose from 41% in March 2006 <strong>to</strong> 44%<br />

in March 2010. The number of Dutch active members<br />

fell from 37% in December 2005 <strong>to</strong> 31% in December<br />

2009. The number of deferred members rose from 49%<br />

in December 2005 <strong>to</strong> 54% in December 2009.<br />

In five years there has been a 20% reduction in active<br />

members for both countries.<br />

Fig. 59: Diversification - The case of the UK<br />

Pension Funds’ Asset Allocation<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Dec-01<br />

60 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Alt.<br />

7%<br />

Bonds<br />

26%<br />

Equities<br />

67%<br />

Dec-03<br />

UK Equities<br />

Overseas Equities<br />

Alt.<br />

5%<br />

Bonds<br />

31%<br />

Equities<br />

64%<br />

Alt.<br />

11%<br />

Bonds<br />

28%<br />

Equities<br />

61%<br />

Gilts<br />

Index-Linked Gilts<br />

Corporate Bonds<br />

DIVERSIFICATION<br />

The case of the UK<br />

There has been a shift in UK pension fund asset<br />

allocations. Most of the pension funds were massively<br />

invested in equities (70%) at the beginning of the<br />

decade. By the end of the decade, however, equities<br />

represent around 53% and the UK equities home bias<br />

has been reduced (less than 25% of <strong>to</strong>tal assets). Bond<br />

allocation increased significantly with allocations <strong>to</strong><br />

index-linked and corporate bonds. However, the real<br />

change affected alternatives, which rose from less than<br />

5% <strong>to</strong> 16%. Pension funds invested in private equity,<br />

hedge funds, commodities, infrastructure and so on.<br />

Alt.<br />

11%<br />

Bonds<br />

29%<br />

Equities<br />

60%<br />

Alt.<br />

13%<br />

Bonds<br />

33%<br />

Equities<br />

54%<br />

Mar-06 Mar-07 Mar-08 Mar-09<br />

Mar-10 (E)<br />

Cash & Deposits<br />

Property<br />

Other Investments<br />

Alt.<br />

16%<br />

Bonds<br />

37%<br />

Equities<br />

47%<br />

Alt.<br />

15%<br />

Bonds<br />

32%<br />

Equities<br />

53%


Fig. 60: Diversification - The case of the Netherlands<br />

Pension Funds’ Asset Allocation<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Dec-01<br />

Alt.<br />

9%<br />

Bonds<br />

43%<br />

Source: DNB & OECD.<br />

Equities<br />

48%<br />

Dec-03<br />

Alt.<br />

11%<br />

Bonds<br />

43%<br />

Equities<br />

46%<br />

Euro Listed Equities<br />

Non-Euro Listed Equities<br />

Unlisted and Other Equities<br />

The case of the Netherlands<br />

Alt.<br />

8%<br />

Bonds<br />

43%<br />

Equities<br />

49%<br />

Dec-05 Dec-06 Dec-07 Dec-08<br />

Dec-09<br />

Eurozone Bonds<br />

Non-Euro Bonds<br />

Loans<br />

At the same time, Dutch pension funds started <strong>to</strong><br />

change their asset allocation, drastically reducing Eurolisted<br />

equities in traditional markets <strong>to</strong> between 10%<br />

and 15% of the <strong>to</strong>tal. The remaining equity investments<br />

are now in private equity, hedge funds, or are directly<br />

invested in companies or infrastructure funds. Dutch<br />

pension funds have also been investing in derivatives<br />

such property derivatives.<br />

Fig. 61: Liability hedging<br />

Asset Matches liability<br />

structure?<br />

Mortality derivatives<br />

Bonds<br />

Swaps<br />

Alt.<br />

8%<br />

Bonds<br />

36%<br />

Equities<br />

56%<br />

Alt.<br />

11%<br />

Bonds<br />

38%<br />

Equities<br />

51%<br />

Cash & Deposits<br />

Property<br />

Other Investments<br />

LIABILITY HEDGING<br />

Alt.<br />

17%<br />

Bonds<br />

41%<br />

Equities<br />

42%<br />

Alt.<br />

11%<br />

Bonds<br />

27%<br />

Equities<br />

62%<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> management techniques and strategies developed<br />

on the capital markets are now regularly used by<br />

pension funds. Liability hedging generally means<br />

the use of bonds, interest rates and swaps <strong>to</strong> reduce<br />

unrewarded (liability) <strong>risk</strong> by matching assets <strong>to</strong><br />

liabilities (i.e. liability-driven investment strategies).<br />

These instruments have been utilized by many pension<br />

funds in the Netherlands and in the UK. The choice<br />

between the instruments was dependent on:<br />

• liability structure; and<br />

• cost versus <strong>risk</strong> reduction benefits.<br />

Cost-effective? Currently used?<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 61


LIABILITY-DRIVEN INVESTMENTS<br />

Fig. 62: Liability-driven investments<br />

LDI penetration in the UK<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

17%<br />

31-Mar-06<br />

20%<br />

Source: PPF & P-Solve estimates.<br />

23%<br />

26%<br />

30%<br />

31-Mar-07 31-Mar-08 31-Mar-09 31-Mar-10 (E)<br />

Liability-driven investment strategies are being adopted<br />

by an ever-increasing number of pension funds. These<br />

strategies are <strong>based</strong> on using either long-term bonds or<br />

derivatives that will genuinely match the liabilities.<br />

Liability-driven investment penetration is estimated at<br />

30% in the UK (PPF & P-Solve) and at 70% in the<br />

Netherlands (Aegon Global Pensions). According <strong>to</strong> the<br />

same source, pension funds in the two countries are<br />

well over 50% hedged.<br />

62 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

LIABILITY BUYOUT MARKET<br />

Fig. 63: Liability buyout market<br />

Cumulative pension Liability buyouts in the UK<br />

Liabilities (GBP bn)<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Source: LCP.<br />

2006<br />

2007 2008 2009 2010 - QI<br />

As may be expected, although the UK pension liability<br />

buyout market is growing, it has remained a limited and<br />

marginal phenomenon (about 1.5% of <strong>to</strong>tal corporate<br />

liabilities). According <strong>to</strong> the Dutch Insurers’ Association,<br />

pension contracts managed by insurance companies in<br />

the Netherlands represent up <strong>to</strong> 12% of <strong>to</strong>tal defined<br />

benefit pension liabilities.<br />

FIDUCIARY MANAGEMENT<br />

Finally, an increasing number of firms are offering<br />

fiduciary management services in the UK. A fiduciary<br />

manager is appointed by the pension fund <strong>to</strong> manage<br />

pension assets on its behalf, with varying degrees of<br />

freedom:<br />

• Traditional global / UK asset managers (BlackRock,<br />

SEI, Allianz Global Inves<strong>to</strong>rs);<br />

• Dutch pension aggrega<strong>to</strong>rs or <strong>risk</strong> management<br />

companies (Mn Services, Cardano, etc.); and<br />

• Investment consultants (Mercers, Hewitt, Towers<br />

Watson, P-Solve Asset Solutions).<br />

Although their <strong>approach</strong>es vary, they tend <strong>to</strong> focus<br />

on the execution of unconstrained asset allocations<br />

and the rapid implementation of investment and <strong>risk</strong><br />

management decisions. They aim <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• Help pension funds access more complex products<br />

and strategies;<br />

• Help attain a high level of diversification;<br />

• Undertake rotation of asset classes; and<br />

• Provide a higher level of professionalism.<br />

In the Netherlands, according <strong>to</strong> Bureau Bosch, 77%<br />

of assets are managed by local and foreign fiduciary<br />

managers. Often, they also manage interest rate<br />

hedges.


Fig. 64: Dutch fiduciary management<br />

Assets and Hedges<br />

(€ m)<br />

750<br />

500<br />

250<br />

Conclusion<br />

-<br />

2001<br />

Dutch Fiduciary Managers<br />

Source: Bureau Bosch.<br />

WHAT LESSONS HAVE COMPANIES<br />

LEARNED?<br />

This article has demonstrated that regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

changes do not always bring the expected outcomes.<br />

Nevertheless, they trigger changes in investment and<br />

<strong>risk</strong> management behavior, which take relatively little<br />

time <strong>to</strong> take shape. When pension funds are faced<br />

with such profound changes as <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> capital<br />

and fair value for liabilities, plus governance, plus <strong>risk</strong><br />

management, plus transparency, there is no other<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />

2008<br />

Foreign Fiduciary Managers<br />

choice but <strong>to</strong> change themselves. In the UK and the<br />

Netherlands these changes are already in place. If the<br />

same pattern is applied <strong>to</strong> the insurance industry with<br />

Solvency II, the first major changes will be perceptible<br />

in 2017 at the latest.<br />

Education and governance are unquestionably key<br />

in terms of comprehending (and benefitting from)<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>ry changes. Pension funds have made many<br />

efforts <strong>to</strong> change their behavior and <strong>to</strong> provide more<br />

professional advice, sometimes subcontracting their<br />

assets <strong>to</strong> someone else. Another fundamental change<br />

has been embedding their <strong>risk</strong> management <strong>approach</strong>es<br />

in<strong>to</strong> investment strategies.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 63


7<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> AND ECONOMIC<br />

CAPITAL MODELS:<br />

THE A.M. BEST VIEW MILES TROTTER<br />

General Manager,<br />

Analytics Non-Life, A.M. Best<br />

This article proposes <strong>to</strong> explore<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> and economic capital from the rating agency<br />

view. In view of the current challenges, how do<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> and models fit in<strong>to</strong> the A.M. Best rating<br />

process?<br />

This article begins with an overview of A.M. Best<br />

rating process, then it establishes the general background<br />

of <strong>ERM</strong> in the (re)insurance industry; last but<br />

not least it poses a certain number of questions concerning<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> and models in the rating process and<br />

their ongoing improvements.<br />

Responding <strong>to</strong> the insurance industry trends and<br />

practices, A.M. Best has been accompanying and<br />

supporting (re)insurance companies since 1899.<br />

64 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

I. The rating process<br />

Fig. 65: The rating process<br />

This above graph summarizes the rating process.<br />

Market Profile<br />

Operating Performance<br />

Balance Sheet Strength<br />

The A.M. Best rating process involves 3 components:<br />

• The balance sheet strength which is the bedrock<br />

for any rating;<br />

• The operating performance which supports the<br />

balance sheet strength through retained earnings;<br />

• The market profile which is the more subjective part<br />

of the rating, access <strong>to</strong> business is notably assessed<br />

in this part of the process. For instance, if a company<br />

has dedicated access <strong>to</strong> certain business and other<br />

companies cannot compete with it, this will protect<br />

its earnings and support its financial strength.


A.M. Best rating has six secure financial strength ratings<br />

which range from B+, the lowest and the first secure<br />

rating, <strong>to</strong> A++, the highest rating. The higher the rating<br />

level is, the more important the marketing profile is. The<br />

balance sheet strength and the operating performance<br />

are givens. The profile is the component which enables<br />

<strong>to</strong> distinguish between higher rating levels.<br />

THE BEST CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIO (BCAR)<br />

A.M. Best has developed a proprietary capital model,<br />

the Best Capital Adequacy Ratio (BCAR). This ratio is<br />

used for the analysis of the balance sheet strength.<br />

This is a simple deterministic or fac<strong>to</strong>r-<strong>based</strong> model,<br />

i.e. a market surveillance type model that can be<br />

Fig. 66: A.M. Best’s Capital Adequacy Ratio (BCAR)<br />

+ (B1) Fixed-Income Securities<br />

+ (B2) Equity Securities<br />

+ (B3) Interest Rate<br />

+ (B4) Credit<br />

+ (B5) Loss Reserves<br />

+ (B6) Net Written Premium<br />

+ (B7) Off Balance Sheet <strong>Risk</strong>s<br />

– Covariance<br />

AM Best’s Capital Adequacy Ratio (BCAR)<br />

rapidly populated with reasonably limited data. This<br />

benchmark contributes usefully <strong>to</strong> the rating process.<br />

The BCAR score expresses a percentage. As depicted in<br />

the tabular layout, the <strong>to</strong>tal adjusted capital is divided<br />

by the net required capital. The <strong>to</strong>tal adjusted capital<br />

corresponds <strong>to</strong> the available capital used <strong>to</strong> pay claims<br />

and the <strong>to</strong>tal required capital is obtained by applying<br />

fac<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> the different elements on the left of the<br />

below table.<br />

The score is obtained from the model and a one-<strong>to</strong>one<br />

relationship between <strong>to</strong>tal adjusted capital and net<br />

required capital is needed <strong>to</strong> achieve a secure rating<br />

with A.M. Best, which is B+ on its scale.<br />

Net required capital Total adjusted capital<br />

+ Shareholders funds<br />

+ Positive adjustments. Typically:<br />

• Discounting of reserves<br />

• Difference between market<br />

and book values<br />

• Value of In-Force Business (VIF)<br />

• Economic Reserves e.g. RfBs (1)<br />

• Hybrid Equity<br />

– Negative adjustments:<br />

• Deduction of one cat PML<br />

• DAC<br />

BCAR score = <strong>to</strong>tal adjusted capital / net required capital<br />

(1) Reserven für Beitragsrückerstattung - technical refund reserve under German life policies.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 65


II. <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> <strong>to</strong>ols and practices have advanced<br />

significantly in recent years. <strong>ERM</strong> has been the industry<br />

response <strong>to</strong> growing exposure <strong>to</strong> volatility in company<br />

earnings and capital. Reinsurance and insurance companies<br />

face emerging <strong>risk</strong>s such as terrorist attacks,<br />

natural catastrophes such as hurricanes (four hurricane<br />

events in six weeks in 2004, three events in 2005) and<br />

more recently the credit crisis whose naughty child,<br />

the economic crisis, continues. The industry has been<br />

heading <strong>to</strong>wards a higher <strong>risk</strong> profile. The (re)insurance<br />

companies have taken steps <strong>to</strong> manage their exposure,<br />

mitigate <strong>risk</strong>s and preserve policyholder security.<br />

On the Non-Life side, catastrophe modeling is an<br />

example of this.<br />

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT<br />

FRAMEWORK<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> has been a major addition <strong>to</strong> insurers’ vocabulary.<br />

Its foundations are rooted in traditional <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong> practices and controls as shown in the<br />

pyramid. It constitutes a natural extension of these<br />

practices and only the enterprise view where the<br />

(re)insurers now identify, quantify and measure the<br />

different <strong>risk</strong>s that expose the company on a holistic<br />

basis, is something new.<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> is <strong>based</strong> on three main areas:<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> Culture: the company has <strong>to</strong> establish a <strong>risk</strong><br />

culture that embeds <strong>risk</strong> awareness and accountability<br />

in daily operations;<br />

Fig. 67: <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

framework<br />

Senior<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

<strong>ERM</strong><br />

and ICM*<br />

Capital<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Traditional <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Practices and Controls<br />

* Establish <strong>Risk</strong>-aware Culture, including proper alignment<br />

of management incentives<br />

* Implement Improved <strong>Risk</strong> Identification and <strong>Management</strong><br />

* Develop Sophisticated <strong>Risk</strong> Measurement Tools, e.g. ICM<br />

The pyramid illustrates the connection between <strong>ERM</strong><br />

and (re)insurer’s traditional practices and controls.<br />

66 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> Identification and <strong>Management</strong>: the ability <strong>to</strong><br />

identify key <strong>risk</strong>s across an organization and set uniform<br />

controls and procedures <strong>to</strong> manage their impacts;<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> Measurement: consists of using sophisticated<br />

<strong>to</strong>ols and data collection <strong>to</strong> quantify <strong>risk</strong>, including<br />

the impact of correlation, economic conditions and<br />

extreme events. The results are then reported <strong>to</strong> senior<br />

management.<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> is very much about the aggregate view for the<br />

organization as a whole.<br />

Hopefully the hard lessons of the recent past will be<br />

learnt. Many governments have taken unprecedented<br />

steps <strong>to</strong> bail out, or in some cases not bail out, some of<br />

the largest institutions in the world. The current economic<br />

situation is very volatile and now the focus is shifting <strong>to</strong><br />

sovereign debt issues and the possibility of a double dip<br />

recession. In any case, there is lag in foreclosures and it<br />

is likely that there will be another spike in foreclosures in<br />

2010/2011.<br />

Prior <strong>to</strong> 2008, many institutions felt that their <strong>ERM</strong> capital<br />

modeling processes were really good at getting them<br />

ahead of the <strong>risk</strong> curve for a more efficient use of capital.<br />

However, 2008 has definitely come as a lesson <strong>to</strong> the<br />

effect that tail events are not just scenarios <strong>to</strong> be modeled<br />

and statistically analyzed; they actually happen.<br />

DOES THAT MEAN THAT <strong>ERM</strong> IS A FAILURE?<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> at some institutions definitely failed, but this<br />

does not mean that <strong>ERM</strong> itself is a failure. The crisis<br />

impact on (re) insurers and other financial institutions<br />

demonstrates that there were gaps in their <strong>ERM</strong><br />

programs, notably in the understanding of individual<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s and <strong>risk</strong> correlation and dependencies. Insurers<br />

were used <strong>to</strong> having a high level of liquidity, a strong<br />

cash position. The crisis taught companies that cash<br />

management and liquidity analysis must be integrated<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> framework, including the<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic analysis and modeling. And it is necessary<br />

<strong>to</strong> keep on challenging the <strong>risk</strong> inven<strong>to</strong>ry and looking<br />

for emerging <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

In the (re)insurance industry, some companies had some<br />

difficulties. The key points on the lessons they learned<br />

from the crisis could be summarized as follows:<br />

• Regularly recalibrate stress test assumptions and<br />

confirm their overall robustness;<br />

• Update assumptions concerning the dependency of<br />

securitized assets <strong>to</strong> reflect market conditions;<br />

• Ensure that the dependencies between the equity and<br />

the corporate credit <strong>risk</strong>s are adequately modeled;<br />

• Enhance the financial acumen of the reviewing team<br />

<strong>to</strong> reflect the importance of judgment in reviewing<br />

model output.


Fig. 68: Why did insurance companies fail?<br />

It is worth listening <strong>to</strong> the experiences of institutions<br />

during the crisis. And one of the critical lessons <strong>to</strong> learn<br />

from the crisis is that the fundamentals matter. Specialists<br />

recommend back <strong>to</strong> basics: credit analysis, internal<br />

underwriting control, sound financial management,<br />

common sense and discipline. Most companies<br />

emphasize that modeling is important, but they have<br />

<strong>to</strong> use their judgment. <strong>ERM</strong> is a continuous process,<br />

a mindset, not simply a task <strong>to</strong> be performed.<br />

WHY DID INSURANCE COMPANIES FAIL?<br />

As shown in the pie chart above, the leading reason<br />

for failure is a combination of deficient loss reserves<br />

and inadequate pricing, followed by excessive growth.<br />

Should a company conclude from these elements that<br />

it must focus on reserving prudently, charging the right<br />

prices and may be not pursuing for <strong>to</strong>o much growth?<br />

If <strong>ERM</strong> teaches anything, it is that the answer <strong>to</strong> that<br />

question is definitely no.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> should cover the whole organization<br />

and any or all of these <strong>risk</strong>s should be managed by a<br />

company if they are relevant <strong>to</strong> the company. Any of<br />

these reasons for failure could be attributed <strong>to</strong> a failure<br />

of <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>.<br />

It is worth noting that in the rating process <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong> constitutes the common thread which<br />

links balance sheet strength, operating performance<br />

and business profile. <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> is used in the<br />

company’s strategic decision making process <strong>to</strong> define<br />

its profile but also in its financial management practices<br />

which dictate the sustainability of its performance, and<br />

ultimately its exposure <strong>to</strong> capital volatility.<br />

A failure in <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Deficient loss reserves/Inadequate Pricing<br />

Rapid growth<br />

Alleged fraud<br />

Catastrophe losses<br />

Affiliate impairment<br />

Investment problems<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Significant change in business<br />

Reinsurance failure<br />

Source: A.M. Best: 1969-2008 Impairment Review,<br />

Special Report, April 6, 2009.<br />

Deficient loss reserves, inadequate pricing, and rapid growth are the leading triggers. Investment and catastrophe losses play<br />

a much smaller role. This pie chart represents the impairment of the US Property and Casualty industry from 1969 <strong>to</strong> 2008.<br />

If a company has sound <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> and executes<br />

its strategy effectively, it will preserve and build its<br />

capital strength and perform successfully over the long<br />

term and is likely <strong>to</strong> have a strong rating.<br />

That is why A.M. Best does not produce separate<br />

ratings of companies for <strong>ERM</strong>. <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> is the<br />

element which supports the whole process. All these<br />

elements form a part of A.M. Best rating.<br />

Fig. 69: Financial Strength Ratings<br />

An opinion as <strong>to</strong> an insurer’s financial strength<br />

and ability <strong>to</strong> meet its ongoing obligations<br />

<strong>to</strong> policyholders<br />

Balance<br />

Sheet<br />

Strength<br />

Insurance Company<br />

Financial Strength<br />

Operating<br />

Performance<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Best’s<br />

Rating<br />

Business<br />

Profile<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 67


Fig. 70: Traditional RM: silo <strong>approach</strong><br />

Underwriting<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

TRADITIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT<br />

As already mentioned, one has <strong>to</strong> explore traditional<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> in order <strong>to</strong> comprehend the recent<br />

developments of <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> in the<br />

(re)insurance industry. Traditional <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

refers <strong>to</strong> the policies and procedures that companies<br />

have set <strong>to</strong> identify, quantify and measure each of their<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s separately or individually. The main categories of<br />

<strong>risk</strong> for (re)insurers are:<br />

• Credit <strong>risk</strong>;<br />

• Market <strong>risk</strong>;<br />

• Underwriting <strong>risk</strong>;<br />

• Operational <strong>risk</strong>;<br />

• Strategic <strong>risk</strong>.<br />

Market<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

The leading feature of traditional management is the<br />

separate assessment of <strong>risk</strong>s which is often referred<br />

<strong>to</strong> as a silo <strong>approach</strong>. It differs from <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong>, which utilizes a holistic process.<br />

A.M. Best does not deem <strong>ERM</strong> <strong>to</strong> be the sole answer for<br />

(re)insurers. Each company may pursue its own <strong>approach</strong>.<br />

Thus, the traditional <strong>approach</strong> could be modified, using<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> concepts, <strong>to</strong> be more effective. A company has <strong>to</strong><br />

understand the correlation between <strong>risk</strong>s. If a company<br />

modifies its traditional <strong>approach</strong> in this way, it can still<br />

be considered strong by A.M. Best.<br />

Credit<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

Traditional RM is typically implemented using a “silo” <strong>approach</strong> with little or no formal<br />

interaction, communication, or alignment among <strong>risk</strong> managers.<br />

68 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Operational<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

Strategic<br />

<strong>Risk</strong><br />

III. <strong>ERM</strong> in the rating process<br />

A.M. Best seeks <strong>to</strong> make an open-minded assessment<br />

of a company’s operating practices. The onus is on the<br />

company <strong>to</strong> show that its <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> process is<br />

tailored <strong>to</strong> its individual business needs, is flexible and<br />

adaptive and works.<br />

The crisis has proved that Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officers, <strong>risk</strong> committees,<br />

corporate dashboards, corporate <strong>risk</strong> appetites<br />

and s<strong>to</strong>chastic capital models are certainly all valid parts<br />

of a robust <strong>ERM</strong> program, but strong fundamental <strong>risk</strong><br />

management in a sustainable business model comes in<br />

different shapes and sizes.<br />

Furthermore, the role of rating agencies such as<br />

A.M. Best is by no means <strong>to</strong> prescribe <strong>to</strong> companies<br />

what <strong>ERM</strong> should be or should not be. A.M. Best’s<br />

portfolio of rated companies is <strong>to</strong>o diverse <strong>to</strong> impose<br />

such a measure.


Fig. 71: Catastrophe exposure in BCAR<br />

THE CATASTROPHE EXPOSURE<br />

Standard BCAR Two-Event Cat Stress Test<br />

EVENT – 1/100 Wind or 1/250 Earthquake 1 st EVENT – 1/100 Wind or 1/250 Earthquake<br />

ADJUSTMENT<br />

– Subtract after-tax net PML from Surplus<br />

As part of the rating assessment, A.M. Best uses its<br />

own model i.e. the BCAR model. For catastrophe <strong>risk</strong><br />

management, BCAR-<strong>based</strong> tests are run. A 1/100 years<br />

winds<strong>to</strong>rm after-tax net Probable Maximum Loss (PML)<br />

or 1/250 years earthquake after-tax net PML, whichever<br />

is the largest, is deducted from the surplus, the capital<br />

being therefore always viewed net of the largest<br />

PML. But following the events of 2005, a two-event<br />

catastrophe stress test was introduced <strong>to</strong> the model.<br />

As shown in Figure 71, in addition <strong>to</strong> the deduction of<br />

the largest after-tax net PML from the surplus for the<br />

first event, 40% of the pre-tax net PML is added <strong>to</strong> loss<br />

reserves, and 40% of the reinsurance recoverables are<br />

added <strong>to</strong> the credit <strong>risk</strong>. For the second event, there is<br />

a further deduction from surplus of the largest after-tax<br />

net PML.<br />

The second event for earthquake drops down <strong>to</strong> a 1 in<br />

100 event reflecting the likelihood that a second earthquake<br />

in the same place will be less severe. The idea is<br />

obviously <strong>to</strong> test capital for multiple events. The normal<br />

<strong>to</strong>lerance would be a 30-point drop in the BCAR from<br />

the minimum guideline. If a company’s BCAR decreases<br />

under this threshold, then there would be questions <strong>to</strong><br />

ask the company.<br />

ADJUSTMENT<br />

– Subtract after-tax net PML from Surplus<br />

+ Add 40% of pre-tax net PML<br />

<strong>to</strong> Loss Reserves<br />

+ Add 40% of reinsurance recoverables<br />

<strong>to</strong> credit <strong>risk</strong><br />

2 nd EVENT – 1/100 Wind or 1/100 Earthquake<br />

ADJUSTMENT<br />

– Reduce surplus by after-tax net PML<br />

Here are some of the questions that (re)insurers are<br />

likely <strong>to</strong> face from their A.M. Best analysts:<br />

• Describe the involvement of the Board of Senior <strong>Management</strong><br />

within your <strong>risk</strong> management framework;<br />

• Has your organization established and communicated<br />

any <strong>risk</strong> management objectives <strong>to</strong> your employees,<br />

and other stakeholders?<br />

• How does your organization encourage good <strong>risk</strong><strong>based</strong><br />

decision making?<br />

• What is your organization’s process for identifying<br />

and cataloging key <strong>risk</strong>s?<br />

• What <strong>to</strong>ols does your organization use <strong>to</strong> determine<br />

required capital?<br />

• How do you fac<strong>to</strong>r in correlation/dependency of<br />

individual <strong>risk</strong>s?<br />

• How do you incorporate operational <strong>risk</strong> and strategic<br />

<strong>risk</strong> in your evaluation of required capital?<br />

• How are emerging <strong>risk</strong>s identified and evaluated?<br />

• What are the <strong>to</strong>p <strong>risk</strong>s exposures your organization<br />

faces, and how are these <strong>risk</strong>s managed?<br />

The questions focus on the usual areas: corporate<br />

culture, <strong>risk</strong> controls, <strong>risk</strong> models, particularly capital<br />

models, emerging <strong>risk</strong>s. With reference <strong>to</strong> the last<br />

question shown in the list above, analysts will always<br />

ask for examples. If the example quoted is a mistake,<br />

the company will have <strong>to</strong> explain what it learnt from<br />

this mistake. Did it lead <strong>to</strong> any changes in their <strong>risk</strong><br />

management process?<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 69


Fig. 72: <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> and BCAR<br />

A.M. Best’s traditional <strong>approach</strong><br />

BCAR<br />

HOW TO DET<strong>ERM</strong>INE REQUIRED CAPITAL?<br />

As for the determination of required capital, it is <strong>based</strong><br />

on an interactive dialogue comparing:<br />

• Company’s view of capital (e.g. ICM);<br />

• BCAR score and his<strong>to</strong>rical trends;<br />

• Holding company issues;<br />

• Other models or metrics.<br />

Weak <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Strong <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

BCAR Guideline<br />

Low Exposure <strong>to</strong> earnings and<br />

Capital volatility<br />

High<br />

A.M. Best does not import results from companies’<br />

internal models in<strong>to</strong> its model but this does not mean<br />

A.M. Best ignores company views or analysis. These<br />

form an essential part of the decision making process<br />

for the rating.<br />

In many instances, companies reaching the same<br />

BCAR position may have different ratings <strong>based</strong> on the<br />

integration of other considerations, including financial<br />

management practices and operating elements which<br />

dictate performance sustainability and capital volatility.<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> is a key fac<strong>to</strong>r <strong>to</strong> determine the<br />

amount of capital required for a given rating.<br />

Companies with strong <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> and relatively<br />

low exposure <strong>to</strong> earnings and capital volatility, will have<br />

capital at the BCAR guideline level. For companies with<br />

weak <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, it is difficult <strong>to</strong> maintain the<br />

fixed minimum of required capital. Therefore, they need<br />

<strong>to</strong> obtain a higher BCAR score, even if they maintain<br />

a low exposure <strong>to</strong> volatility. As exposure increases, the<br />

BCAR requirement also increases at a faster rate.<br />

Fig. 73: <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> and BCAR<br />

A.M. Best’s current <strong>approach</strong><br />

BCAR<br />

What’s different…<br />

A.M. Best will consider<br />

allowing companies with<br />

STRONG <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

<strong>to</strong> maintain lower BCAR<br />

levels relative <strong>to</strong><br />

the rating guideline<br />

Weak <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Strong <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

BCAR Guideline<br />

Low Exposure <strong>to</strong> earnings and<br />

Capital volatility<br />

High<br />

The A.M. Best traditional view is depicted in the first chart above (Fig. 72). The vertical axis corresponds <strong>to</strong> the BCAR score, and the<br />

horizontal axis represents exposure <strong>to</strong> earnings and capital volatility. The second chart shows its current view.<br />

70 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The A.M. Best view has evolved in recognition of<br />

increased sophistication in <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> practices<br />

in the industry. Lower BCAR scores relative <strong>to</strong> the<br />

guideline are considered for companies with a strong<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>. In doing this A.M. Best follows the<br />

improvements of the industry and adapts its rating<br />

process.<br />

THE INTERNAL CAPITAL MODELS (ICMs)<br />

APPROACH<br />

The A.M. Best <strong>approach</strong> <strong>to</strong> ICMs is similar <strong>to</strong> <strong>ERM</strong> in<br />

that it is handled as part of the rating process and not<br />

separately, although a supplementary review may be<br />

appropriate. This is a review, not an audit, with the<br />

objective of understanding the company’s modeling<br />

and comparing this with the BCAR.<br />

The BCAR is a deterministic model, built from his<strong>to</strong>ric<br />

analysis of industry level data. So for net premiums<br />

written, A.M. Best has his<strong>to</strong>ric data by class of business<br />

and arrives at a fac<strong>to</strong>r using that. With the company’s<br />

model, it will be <strong>based</strong> on its own <strong>risk</strong> data and maybe<br />

s<strong>to</strong>chastic or may have s<strong>to</strong>chastic elements <strong>to</strong> it. So the<br />

two cannot be mixed. Rather than trying <strong>to</strong> drop the<br />

company’s analysis in<strong>to</strong> the BCAR model, A.M. Best<br />

simply tries <strong>to</strong> understand differences and why they are<br />

occurring. This sort of comparison and the conclusions<br />

that arise from it are very much a day-<strong>to</strong>-day part of<br />

the rating process.


To gain comfort in the integrity of the ICM process<br />

and results, A.M. Best seeks information on the following<br />

items:<br />

• Granularity of the model and data integrity;<br />

• Time horizons;<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> metric (VaR… TvaR… CTE);<br />

• Assumptions and scenario testing;<br />

• Timeliness, availability and applicability of data;<br />

• Linkages <strong>to</strong> financial reporting and strategic<br />

planning;<br />

• Operational, strategic and emerging <strong>risk</strong>s;<br />

• Disclosure (internal and external);<br />

• Internal and external “audit” findings;<br />

• Next steps in ICM development.<br />

A company may have a model that looks very good, but<br />

if it takes six months for the company <strong>to</strong> run it, then it is<br />

hardly going <strong>to</strong> be fully embedded within the company’s<br />

decision making. A.M. Best also wants <strong>to</strong> know what<br />

the company does about the more esoteric or difficult<br />

<strong>to</strong> measure areas of <strong>risk</strong>, whether operational, strategic<br />

or emerging <strong>risk</strong>s and how widely disseminated the<br />

results are. Does the company see its model as the be<br />

all and end all of modeling for the company, or are<br />

there future developments expected?<br />

SOLVENCY II: THE FUTURE FOR RISK<br />

MANAGEMENT IN EUROPE<br />

Solvency II introduces <strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> regulation, the implications<br />

of which are summarized as follows:<br />

• This directive will lead <strong>to</strong> an increased focus on <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong> and <strong>to</strong> an improvement of standards<br />

in Europe;<br />

• More companies are expected <strong>to</strong> use Internal Capital<br />

Models because the level of required capital is very<br />

likely going <strong>to</strong> increase. Therefore, they will have <strong>to</strong><br />

seek approval and this will include demonstrating<br />

that the ICM is embedded in the organization. The<br />

time frame for obtaining approval is a tight one;<br />

• In the longer term, more and more companies<br />

will be using internal capital models that will result<br />

in strengthening <strong>risk</strong> management standards.<br />

The ORSA (Own <strong>Risk</strong> and Solvency Assessment)<br />

means that companies will have <strong>to</strong> incorporate <strong>risk</strong><br />

in<strong>to</strong> their strategic management.<br />

Conclusion<br />

A.M. Best will continue <strong>to</strong> look at <strong>ERM</strong> and ICM models<br />

within the existing rating process, which is an interactive<br />

one.<br />

Companies have <strong>to</strong> be practical in their <strong>approach</strong>, do<br />

what makes sense <strong>to</strong> them and advise A.M. Best why<br />

it works for them.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 71


8<br />

MACRO-ECONOMIC<br />

STANDPOINT MICHÈLE LACROIX<br />

Chief Investment Officer, SCOR<br />

This article presents the financial<br />

and economic difficulties caused by the current<br />

environment and the position adopted by SCOR<br />

in this context. The first section analyzes the crisis<br />

in all its phases; the second before examining<br />

SCOR’s view on the financial and economic issues<br />

involved in the second section. The last section<br />

highlights how the <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

process is implemented in<strong>to</strong> SCOR’s asset management<br />

decisions.<br />

I. The global economy is facing<br />

a critical transition phase<br />

To understand the current situation, it is necessary <strong>to</strong><br />

explore the pre-crisis period, which will be referred <strong>to</strong><br />

as the leveraging period. Saving rates decreased constantly<br />

during this period, which was itself split in<strong>to</strong><br />

3 phases:<br />

• Financing US economic growth: up until 2001, non-US<br />

residents financed the real economy, investing in<br />

corporate bonds and helping <strong>to</strong> implement real<br />

growth.<br />

72 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

• Financing US public debt: from 2001 <strong>to</strong> 2005, nonresidents<br />

invested in the US <strong>to</strong> finance the budget<br />

deficit and the war in Iraq. This period corresponds <strong>to</strong><br />

what Alan Greenspan used <strong>to</strong> call a “conundrum”,<br />

i.e. a period with no inflation, low his<strong>to</strong>rical rates and<br />

strong incentives <strong>to</strong> borrow money.<br />

• Financing households: at this time, and as has often<br />

been the case in US his<strong>to</strong>ry, savings rates were <strong>to</strong>o<br />

low <strong>to</strong> finance consumer spending. In this context<br />

Alan Greenspan favored securitization, which<br />

enabled financial institutions <strong>to</strong> transfer their <strong>risk</strong>s <strong>to</strong><br />

other economic agents with fewer legal constraints.<br />

Securitization became the easiest way <strong>to</strong> finance<br />

local loans with non-US residents’ investments, which<br />

explains why the entire world was exposed <strong>to</strong> the US<br />

mortgage market and why the bursting of the US real<br />

estate bubble had global consequences.<br />

As shown in Figure 74, over the last three years the<br />

debt burden has simply moved from the private <strong>to</strong> the<br />

public sphere, staying at the same level and actually<br />

postponing global deleveraging of the economy.


Fig. 74: The deleveraging years<br />

Markets lost confidence<br />

in financial institutions<br />

➜ the first dip<br />

The end of the real estate rally clearly resulted in<br />

the collapse of the system: the deleveraging of US<br />

households came first, but the level of debt could not<br />

easily be lowered given the low level of inflation.<br />

The second step, i.e. the deleveraging of financial<br />

institutions, was more visible: the 2008 liquidity crisis<br />

showed how lack of confidence is critical in the financial<br />

markets and can create panic. Markets concerns were<br />

addressed by outstanding bailout programs, which<br />

resulted in the transfer of private debt <strong>to</strong> public debt;<br />

nevertheless the burden of the debt has not decreased,<br />

so the deleveraging process is far from over.<br />

Small increase in saving rates<br />

Subprime bubble Financial crisis Sovereign debt crisis<br />

➜ End of real estate rally<br />

➜ Deleveraging of consumers<br />

➜ Household have tried <strong>to</strong><br />

reduce their level of debt<br />

but low inflation does not<br />

help such a move<br />

➜ Lehman’s and AIG’s bankruptcy<br />

and market turmoil<br />

➜ Deleveraging of financial institutions<br />

through balance sheet clean up<br />

➜ Markets concerns were calmed<br />

down thanks <strong>to</strong> outstanding<br />

bail-out programs<br />

➜ Transfer from private debt<br />

<strong>to</strong> public debt<br />

➜ Tightening spreads on corporate<br />

market vs higher spreads on<br />

government bonds debt<br />

Markets confidence seemed<br />

<strong>to</strong> be res<strong>to</strong>red<br />

➜ the 2009 rally<br />

➜ The recovery seemed <strong>to</strong> be<br />

on tracks, but…<br />

➜ As long as the markets trusted<br />

the government, spreads were<br />

under control<br />

➜ Markets lost confidence in the<br />

sustainability of current public<br />

deficits in Europe<br />

➜ Local vs Paneuropean issuer<br />

➜ Lack of coordination<br />

➜ Time for a global answer<br />

Markets lost confidence<br />

in sustainability of public debt<br />

➜ the second dip?<br />

Debt burden flew from private <strong>to</strong> public but the deleveraging is not over<br />

The financial markets unders<strong>to</strong>od what was happening<br />

very quickly because, at the time of the bailout<br />

programs, corporate spreads on the markets were<br />

tightening, meaning that the markets once again trusted<br />

the corporate sec<strong>to</strong>r <strong>to</strong> cope with their debt burden.<br />

At the same time, government spreads were widening<br />

because everyone was beginning <strong>to</strong> understand that<br />

they had <strong>to</strong> pay for all this debt.<br />

Eventually the financial markets lost confidence in the<br />

public sec<strong>to</strong>r, wondering how such a level of debt could<br />

be sustained.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 73


Fig. 75: The global economy is facing a critical transition phase<br />

2007-2008: phase I<br />

Financial & economic<br />

collapse<br />

➜ Global recession<br />

➜ Liquidity crisis<br />

➜ Low interest rates combined<br />

with exploding credit spreads<br />

➜ Financial market disruptions<br />

➜ Fiscal and social deficits<br />

➜ Emergency interventions<br />

of Governments<br />

II. SCOR’s view on the financial<br />

and economic environment<br />

Figure 75 shows SCOR’s view on the economic and<br />

financial environment, split in<strong>to</strong> 3 major phases.<br />

As already mentioned, the liquidity and financial crisis<br />

in 2007-2008 led <strong>to</strong> the global economic depression<br />

and <strong>to</strong> distressed financial markets: governments then<br />

decided <strong>to</strong> create his<strong>to</strong>rically huge amounts of money,<br />

which sooner or later will have <strong>to</strong> be dealt with.<br />

The years 2009-2011 may be referred <strong>to</strong> as the transition<br />

phase. This phase encompasses upcoming <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

and throws up a number of questions: will interest rates<br />

decrease, remain stable or increase? Will the sovereign<br />

crisis extend <strong>to</strong> other countries after Greece, Spain and<br />

Portugal? When will the high volatility of exchange<br />

rates s<strong>to</strong>p? Will social unrest develop if governments<br />

change in countries such as Greece? Will new regulations<br />

support the financial markets or not?<br />

These are major issues that need <strong>to</strong> be addressed. For<br />

its part, SCOR anticipates a return of inflation in the<br />

coming years, an increase in interest rates and a potential,<br />

limited increase in GDP, probably with currency<br />

adjustments. Investments will be chosen accordingly.<br />

Given that the economic and financial environment<br />

is so unstable, what choices are there for inves<strong>to</strong>rs?<br />

It is worth noting that the financial markets rely on<br />

expectations: the issue is not whether or not there will<br />

be a double-digit inflation rate, but how long it will<br />

last. This is why the equity market is so bumpy in these<br />

uncertain times.<br />

74 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

2009-2011: phase II<br />

Key uncertainties<br />

in a s<strong>to</strong>chastic world<br />

➜ Shape of recovery in front of<br />

global recession (L, V, W or √)<br />

➜ Uncertainty on monetary policies<br />

➜ Uncertainty on interest rates<br />

developments<br />

➜ Instability of exchange rates<br />

➜ Sovereign debt crisis<br />

➜ Tax and regula<strong>to</strong>ry debates<br />

~ 2012 onwards: phase III<br />

Scenario<br />

of normalization<br />

➜ Stabilization of economic activity?<br />

With increased inflation?<br />

➜ Normalization of monetary<br />

policies?<br />

➜ Increase of nominal / real interest<br />

rates? Decrease of credit spreads?<br />

➜ Stabilization of equity markets?<br />

➜ Control of public deficits?<br />

➜ Stabilization of regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

reforms?<br />

III. How are <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong> processes<br />

implemented in<strong>to</strong> SCOR’s<br />

asset management decisions?<br />

To come back <strong>to</strong> <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, how do<br />

you deal with uncertainty? SCOR has tried <strong>to</strong> identify<br />

its main <strong>risk</strong>s, and <strong>to</strong> decide whether the largest <strong>risk</strong><br />

lies in equity, the return of inflation, the steepening<br />

of the yield curve or the effects of volatility on SCOR’s<br />

profitability. Once this has been done, a trade-off has<br />

<strong>to</strong> be made between protecting the value of assets and<br />

capturing the highest profitability: a certain amount<br />

of expected return must be relinquished in order <strong>to</strong><br />

protect the balance sheet against the most significant<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s. In times of high uncertainty, when it is difficult <strong>to</strong><br />

anticipate upcoming developments, the safest course is<br />

<strong>to</strong> prepare for the worst-case scenario so that you can<br />

very quickly adapt <strong>to</strong> new disruptions.<br />

The following four case studies highlight SCOR’s<br />

handling of uncertainty within its investment policy.


CASE STUDY N°1: POSITION THE PORTFOLIO IN CASE OF INFLATION<br />

Fig. 76: Case study no.1: position the portfolio in case of inflation<br />

General concern: inflation is more damaging<br />

for reinsurers’ balance sheet than deflation<br />

➜ Accept the trade off between hedging<br />

and profitability<br />

➜ Inflation in developed countries may be postponed<br />

<strong>to</strong> 2012<br />

➜ Inflationary stimuli are in place<br />

• Unprecedented liquidity injection in the financial system will inevitably lead <strong>to</strong> surge in inflation<br />

and interest rates<br />

• Full sterilization of excess monetary creation likely <strong>to</strong> be impossible<br />

➜ What is currently missing in the market for further inflationary developments:<br />

• Shock in demand for credit more than supply<br />

• Deleveraging is not over yet<br />

• Growth expectations are weaker than a couple of months ago and commodities are directly impacted<br />

Inflation is more damaging for an insurer’s balance<br />

sheet than deflation. Reinsurers lose a lot of money in<br />

an inflation scenario, so they need <strong>to</strong> be prepared for<br />

inflation <strong>to</strong> rise. Even in the case of deflation, reinsurers<br />

should be positioned <strong>to</strong> tackle the return of inflation<br />

if it is identified as a major <strong>risk</strong>. Once again, there is a<br />

trade-off involved. This was the case in 2008, when the<br />

financial markets were geared more <strong>to</strong>wards deflation<br />

than inflation. At that time SCOR decided <strong>to</strong> build an<br />

inflation-linked bond pocket in order <strong>to</strong> be prepared<br />

for a possible return of inflation. This bond pocket was<br />

increased up <strong>to</strong> EUR 1 billion in the first half of 2009,<br />

when inflation expectations were close <strong>to</strong> zero. SCOR<br />

bought securities with negative inflation breakevens,<br />

which means deflation expectations. The Group was<br />

absolutely out of step with the rest of the market, but<br />

it felt that it had <strong>to</strong> be protected against this <strong>risk</strong>, which<br />

is a major one for reinsurance balance sheets. Of course<br />

it is far less attractive <strong>to</strong> invest in linkers than in nominal<br />

bonds, but everything has a cost.<br />

SCOR also decided that, in order <strong>to</strong> be prepared for<br />

the return of inflation, it had <strong>to</strong> stay very liquid in its<br />

portfolio. However, being liquid does just not mean<br />

investing purely in cash. SCOR decided <strong>to</strong> implement<br />

SCOR’s answers<br />

Direct answer<br />

➜ The inflation linked bonds pocket has been<br />

increased up <strong>to</strong> EUR 1 bn in the first half of 2009<br />

when inflation expectations were close <strong>to</strong> zero<br />

➜ The carry is less attractive than that<br />

of nominal bonds<br />

➜ The portfolio is liquid <strong>to</strong> take advantage<br />

of any rise in interest rates<br />

Alternative answers<br />

➜ Diversify the portfolio <strong>to</strong> other asset classes that will<br />

benefit from inflation come-back (emerging markets,<br />

high yield, equities, real estate, commodities…)<br />

what is called the “rollover strategy”, which enables <strong>to</strong><br />

receive cash from redemptions on a regular basis. Each<br />

quarter, the Group gets money back from redemptions,<br />

which can then be reinvested <strong>to</strong> prepare for a rise in<br />

interest rates.<br />

It now became clear that inflation expectations could<br />

be postponed for some time, whereas SCOR had<br />

initially expected sooner a return of inflation. This was<br />

the chance <strong>to</strong> diversify the portfolio in<strong>to</strong> asset classes<br />

that could benefit from inflation, such as commodities,<br />

real estate, equity, emerging markets, high yield markets<br />

and so on.<br />

As indicated at the bot<strong>to</strong>m of Figure 76, the inflationary<br />

stimuli are all in place. What is currently lacking<br />

in the market for this inflation <strong>to</strong> become a reality<br />

is that there is no demand for credits in the United<br />

States or Europe. This is why there is still no inflation,<br />

despite the high level of liquidity that has been pumped<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the market over the past few years. So it is not<br />

a question of supply, but of demand. Nobody knows<br />

when it will happen, but as soon as demand returns,<br />

whether from industry, private companies or households,<br />

inflation could return <strong>to</strong> the markets.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 75


CASE STUDY N°2: STAY LIQUID<br />

Fig. 77: Case study no.2: stay liquid in our portfolio<br />

General concern:<br />

in case of markets collapse, cash is king<br />

➜ Accept the trade off between hedging<br />

and profitability<br />

➜ The panic has been pushed away thanks<br />

<strong>to</strong> outstanding bail-out programs<br />

➜ Current market are under pressure<br />

In the event of market collapse, cash held by companies<br />

is important. This was SCOR’s experience in 2007,<br />

2008 and the beginning of 2009, and it accepted<br />

the trade-off between hedging and profitability. As<br />

already mentioned, between early 2007 and the end<br />

of Q1 2009, SCOR accumulated up <strong>to</strong> EUR 4.6 billion in<br />

cash, which was an outstanding amount in relation <strong>to</strong><br />

our balance sheet, representing more than 40% of the<br />

Group’s invested assets. So 40% of the invested assets<br />

were invested in an asset class with a close <strong>to</strong> zero<br />

return, which was highly costly for our investments,<br />

but this was the price of protecting the Group’s<br />

assets. There is, therefore, always a trade-off between<br />

the desire for profitability, which entails a <strong>risk</strong>, and the<br />

desire <strong>to</strong> stay as secure as possible, which will lead <strong>to</strong><br />

less attractive remuneration.<br />

The Group has successfully protected the value of its<br />

balance sheets and its assets and has come through<br />

the financial crisis having suffered as little damage as<br />

possible. If you look at the net asset value of SCOR before<br />

and after the crisis, you will see that it has remained<br />

stable despite dividend distribution. This policy of “stay<br />

in cash” worked very well during the crisis.<br />

The panic has now subsided thanks <strong>to</strong> outstanding<br />

bailout programs. Since the counterparty <strong>risk</strong> involved<br />

was now easier <strong>to</strong> anticipate, SCOR began <strong>to</strong> look for<br />

76 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

SCOR’s answers<br />

Direct answer<br />

➜ SCOR accumulated cash early 2007<br />

up <strong>to</strong> EUR 4.6 bn in Q1 2009<br />

➜ The return of cash was close <strong>to</strong> zero<br />

and 40% of invested assets were in cash<br />

➜ SCOR successfully protected the value of<br />

its assets through the financial crisis (Cf NAV)<br />

Alternative answers<br />

➜ Since Q2 2009, strong focus on liquidity while<br />

seizing short term market opportunities:<br />

➜ Current liquidity is EUR 1.5 bn at end of Q1 2010<br />

➜ But roll-over strategy in place with EUR 4.4 bn<br />

of cash flows from the invested portfolio<br />

over the next 24 months<br />

➜ Short duration<br />

➜ SCOR progressively came back on selective credit,<br />

equities and other asset classes<br />

➜ Equities because of double dip <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

➜ Currencies due <strong>to</strong> euro weakness<br />

➜ Rates due <strong>to</strong> sovereign debt concerns<br />

➜ Emerging markets because of <strong>risk</strong>s of contagion…<br />

alternative ways <strong>to</strong> be able <strong>to</strong> face liquidity needs. SCOR<br />

lowered the amount of liquidity from EUR 4.6 billion<br />

at the end of Q1 2009 <strong>to</strong> EUR 1.5 billion at the end of<br />

Q1 2010, which means that over a period of one year,<br />

it placed EUR 3 billion of invested assets in more attractive<br />

asset classes. It did this very selectively, ensuring<br />

that the duration of our portfolio remained very short.<br />

It selected its high quality corporate bonds very carefully<br />

and had strong concerns about sovereign <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

The Group implemented this rollover strategy with a<br />

strong focus on the amount <strong>to</strong> be redeemed or received<br />

as coupons over the next 24 months. Instead of holding<br />

cash as it was done during the turmoil, SCOR is now<br />

in a position where it receives around EUR 4.5 billion<br />

cash that can be reinvested in the financial markets at<br />

the next available opportunity.<br />

The current situation is also a concern, with markets<br />

under pressure. Interest rates are stressed, equity values<br />

are stressed, foreign exchange rates are stressed, and<br />

something could explode in the coming months. The<br />

question is, what will burn out? Are companies going<br />

<strong>to</strong> face a contagious situation where one collapsed asset<br />

class infects the others, or will this be contained within a<br />

country, an area, or a specific asset class? Once again no<br />

one has the answer, so SCOR has decided <strong>to</strong> remain liquid<br />

and <strong>to</strong> continue <strong>to</strong> arbitrage in favour of liquid assets.


CASE STUDY N°3: REACT ACTIVELY TO THE SOVEREIGN CRISIS<br />

Fig. 78: Case study no.3: react actively <strong>to</strong> the sovereign crisis<br />

An early concern on sovereign <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

➜ As extensively discussed during the July 2009 Inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ Day,<br />

strong focus on sovereign <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

SCOR regularly scorecards all its investments <strong>to</strong> preserve<br />

its financial strength<br />

4.00<br />

3.50<br />

3.00<br />

2.50<br />

2.00<br />

1.50<br />

1.00<br />

Inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ Day – July 2009<br />

Watch List<br />

Sovereign <strong>risk</strong> scorecard: example of the November 2008 study<br />

South Korea<br />

Reduce<br />

Hungary<br />

Mexico<br />

0.50<br />

0.00<br />

Austria<br />

Sweden<br />

Switz<br />

-0.50<br />

Fin<br />

Hold Ger<br />

Watch List<br />

Norv<br />

-1.00<br />

Neth<br />

Greece<br />

Ireland<br />

Poland<br />

Italy Cz<br />

NZ<br />

SLV<br />

DK Port<br />

UK<br />

USA<br />

Can Esp Belg<br />

Jap Fr Lux<br />

Australia<br />

Singapore<br />

-1.50 -1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50<br />

Macro-economic scoring<br />

Brazil<br />

Russia<br />

This case study is about reacting actively <strong>to</strong> the sovereign<br />

crisis. In Spring 2009, SCOR was already concerned<br />

about European public debt. In fact, SCOR started <strong>to</strong><br />

become concerned at the end of 2008, at the time of<br />

the bailout program decisions. As you probably know,<br />

Denis Kessler is an economist, so his first reaction was<br />

<strong>to</strong> say, “It’s not possible <strong>to</strong> sustain such public debt.<br />

Keep an eye on sovereign names and on sovereign<br />

individual exposure <strong>to</strong> financial markets.” In view of<br />

this, the Group decided <strong>to</strong> create a kind of scorecard<br />

of all the big countries in which it was supposed <strong>to</strong><br />

invest, and used this as a focal point at our quarterly<br />

Group Investment Committee meetings. SCOR had<br />

already decided at the end of 2008 <strong>to</strong> reduce its<br />

exposure <strong>to</strong> Spain and Italy, at a time when it no longer<br />

had any exposure <strong>to</strong> Greece. What you have <strong>to</strong> do in<br />

such difficult times is <strong>to</strong> be highly responsive. If you no<br />

longer have confidence in a country, you leave it. If the<br />

situation subsequently eases and you think that new<br />

elements should be taken in<strong>to</strong> account, then you have<br />

<strong>to</strong> reassess the situation and you can reinvest from that<br />

point on. This is not a problem. With clients, it’s a very<br />

different s<strong>to</strong>ry. When you want <strong>to</strong> run off an activity,<br />

you have <strong>to</strong> wait until the last client‘s policy has ended.<br />

When you deal with the financial markets, you can buy<br />

securities one day and sell them the next.<br />

South Africa<br />

Gvt CDS scoring COR regularly scorecards all it<br />

Source: SCOR calculation<br />

India<br />

China<br />

Iceland<br />

Turkey<br />

Financial<br />

Change/<br />

Default <strong>risk</strong><br />

Forbidden<br />

(High default<br />

<strong>risk</strong>)<br />

Exit<br />

(Significant<br />

default <strong>risk</strong>)<br />

No major<br />

change<br />

Hungary<br />

Greece<br />

Poland<br />

Czeck Rep.<br />

Moni<strong>to</strong>r Italy<br />

(Intermediate Korea<br />

default <strong>risk</strong>) Portugal<br />

Hold (Hold<br />

default <strong>risk</strong>)<br />

Canada<br />

France<br />

Germany<br />

Japan<br />

Switzerland<br />

United States<br />

Rating<br />

downgrade<br />

<strong>risk</strong><br />

Brazil<br />

Iceland<br />

Russia<br />

Belgium<br />

Denmark<br />

Ireland<br />

New Zealand<br />

Spain<br />

CDS<br />

spread <strong>risk</strong><br />

India<br />

Turkey<br />

Mexico<br />

Slovakia<br />

Combination<br />

on the two<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s<br />

China<br />

South Africa<br />

Australia<br />

United<br />

Kingdom<br />

Singapore<br />

SCOR’s answers<br />

Significant decrease in global exposure<br />

<strong>to</strong> euro peripheric countries…<br />

87<br />

288<br />

169<br />

248<br />

0 8 11<br />

5 3<br />

17<br />

Portugal Ireland Italy Greece Spain<br />

Total 31/12/2009 Total 19/05/2010<br />

… as well as exposure on government bonds<br />

& assimilated of euro peripheric countries<br />

105<br />

55<br />

0 0 3 7<br />

29<br />

0 0 0<br />

Portugal Ireland Italy Greece Spain<br />

Govies & assimilated 31/12/2009<br />

Govies & assimilated 19/05/2010<br />

SCOR was already addressing its concerns about the<br />

sovereign crisis in early 2009 and also did so at our<br />

Inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ Day last year. As you can see from the <strong>to</strong>p<br />

right-hand side of Figure 78, it still had some exposure at<br />

the end of 2009 <strong>to</strong> Italy, Spain and Portugal. By mid May,<br />

as shown in the bot<strong>to</strong>m right-hand side above graph,<br />

SCOR had sold all the Portuguese, Irish and Greek debt<br />

and had considerably reduced exposure <strong>to</strong> Italy and Spain<br />

because we no longer had confidence in these <strong>risk</strong>s.<br />

SCOR’s current concern is France. Should it continue <strong>to</strong><br />

hold a larger amount of French vs. German bonds? Is the<br />

current weight of French government bonds sustainable?<br />

What is going <strong>to</strong> happen? This does not mean that the<br />

Group does not trust the French government. It simply<br />

means that there is a <strong>risk</strong> and that, in terms of <strong>ERM</strong>,<br />

it has <strong>to</strong> assess that <strong>risk</strong>, make a decision and put it<br />

in<strong>to</strong> practice. So if it is decided that the bonds are<br />

safe, they will be kept. If it is decided that they are not<br />

sure whether or not they will be safe over the coming<br />

years, SCOR has <strong>to</strong> act accordingly. The trade-off is as<br />

follows: you sell French government bonds, you invest<br />

in German government bonds and you lose 50 basis<br />

points. Each time you arbitrage from <strong>risk</strong>y <strong>to</strong> non-<strong>risk</strong>y,<br />

you lose some kind of remuneration in one way or<br />

another, but you have <strong>to</strong> try <strong>to</strong> protect your assets.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 77


CASE STUDY N°4: DIVERSIFY THE PORTFOLIO<br />

Fig. 79: Case study no.4: diversify the portfolio<br />

General concern: high stress on financial markets<br />

makes it difficult <strong>to</strong> predict any evolution<br />

➜ Get ready for the worst<br />

➜ Implement strict investment controls<br />

process / stress test<br />

➜ Stay reactive<br />

The last case study addresses portfolio diversification. In<br />

order <strong>to</strong> be prepared for the worst-case scenario, SCOR<br />

has implemented a strict investment control process<br />

as well as stress tests. The way <strong>to</strong> cope with a stressed<br />

market is <strong>to</strong> enlarge the scope of your investments <strong>to</strong><br />

ensure that you capture the maximum profitability, <strong>to</strong><br />

be highly selective on each asset class, and <strong>to</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>r<br />

every position closely and be ready <strong>to</strong> change your<br />

mind. Sometimes you are right, sometimes you are<br />

wrong. Maybe you should have kept this asset class<br />

because it eventually turned out <strong>to</strong> be safer and more<br />

attractive than you expected, but you have protected<br />

your assets and that was your main concern at the<br />

time of the decision. Once again, there is always a<br />

trade-off between profitability and sheltering your<br />

assets in safer harbours.<br />

IV. Positioning the investment<br />

portfolio <strong>to</strong> absorb large shocks<br />

while seizing short-term<br />

opportunities<br />

By way of illustration and <strong>to</strong> conclude this article,<br />

Figure 80 represents the profile of SCOR’s portfolio at<br />

Q1 2009 and at Q1 2010. The <strong>to</strong>tal invested assets<br />

are roughly the same. SCOR has placed a large part of<br />

its cash and investments in fixed income. At Q1 2009,<br />

40% of its portfolio was invested in cash and shortterm<br />

investments, which means investments of less than<br />

three months and government bonds with a maturity<br />

of up <strong>to</strong> one year. One year later, only 12% is in cash<br />

and short-term investments, and the fixed income has<br />

almost doubled. This reflects the inflation program that<br />

the Group started in the second quarter of 2009, when<br />

it thought that this crisis situation was over.<br />

78 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

SCOR’s answers<br />

➜ Enlarge the scope of investment <strong>to</strong> be sure<br />

<strong>to</strong> capture the maximum profitability<br />

➜ Be highly selective on each asset class<br />

➜ Moni<strong>to</strong>r closely every position and be ready<br />

<strong>to</strong> change your mind<br />

➜ This remains the best way <strong>to</strong> capture profitability<br />

➜ Bet on various countries / asset classes / currencies enable <strong>to</strong> take opportunities<br />

and <strong>to</strong> be able <strong>to</strong> exit quickly one of the strategy in case of bad developments<br />

The Group lengthened the duration of the T-bills that<br />

were invested in cash in<strong>to</strong> medium-term government<br />

bonds classified under fixed income, in order <strong>to</strong><br />

benefit from the steepening of the yield curve with<br />

an additional 100 basis points. It was decided <strong>to</strong> move<br />

EUR 600 million of cash investments in<strong>to</strong> corporate<br />

bonds in order <strong>to</strong> benefit from still very attractive<br />

spreads over government bonds. It was at the time of<br />

this long rally on the corporate market last year, when<br />

the market began once again <strong>to</strong> envisage economic<br />

growth, that the Group entered in<strong>to</strong> this double dip<br />

<strong>risk</strong> scenario. Finally, EUR 150 million were invested<br />

in equities <strong>to</strong> take advantage of good opportunities<br />

on the markets. The rebalancing of these portfolios<br />

is still in process. The Group wants <strong>to</strong> adjust the level<br />

of cash <strong>to</strong> between EUR 1 and EUR 1.5 billion, and<br />

<strong>to</strong> stay highly selective on the fixed income and the<br />

equity markets. As already mentioned several times,<br />

this situation could change since SCOR is constantly<br />

adapting <strong>to</strong> new developments.<br />

What is not visible in these charts is the rebalancing<br />

SCOR has conducted on alternative investments – in<br />

Q1 2009 it had already requested the redemption of all<br />

the hedged funds it had in the portfolio, but this process<br />

takes time. These redemptions were initially requested<br />

at the end of 2008, but one year later it still had<br />

a lot of them in the portfolio because the redemption<br />

process was still underway. Incidentally, this gives a<br />

good indication of what an illiquid market can look<br />

like. At the end of 2009, the Group had EUR 100 million<br />

less in alternative investments, which were placed in<br />

Q1 2010 in assets classified as alternative investments,<br />

but which have nothing <strong>to</strong> do with hedge funds. The<br />

company also classifies commodities as alternative<br />

investments. It has notably invested a little in gold, raw<br />

materials, agricultural products and so on. These are<br />

the kinds of investment you select in times of inflation<br />

return <strong>risk</strong>, because this class will benefit from inflation.


Fig. 80: Positioning investment portfolio in order <strong>to</strong> absorb large shocks<br />

while seizing short-term opportunities<br />

Q1 2009<br />

Total invested assets (1) : EUR 11,360 million<br />

Cash & Short-term<br />

investments<br />

40%<br />

Impairments<br />

-5.4% +3.7%<br />

Real Estate<br />

3%<br />

Fixed Income<br />

48%<br />

Government & Assimilated<br />

25%<br />

Return on<br />

invested assets<br />

before impairments<br />

Equities<br />

6% Alternative<br />

Investments (2)<br />

3%<br />

Q1 2010<br />

Total invested assets (1) : EUR 12,656 million<br />

Cash & Short-term<br />

investments<br />

12%<br />

Real Estate<br />

3%<br />

Equities<br />

6% Alternative<br />

Investments (2)<br />

3%<br />

Structured products<br />

5% Structured products<br />

8%<br />

Corporate bonds<br />

12%<br />

Covered & Agency<br />

6%<br />

Return on<br />

invested assets<br />

after impairments<br />

Government &<br />

Assimilated<br />

38%<br />

Impairments<br />

Fixed Income<br />

76%<br />

Return on<br />

invested assets<br />

before impairments<br />

Covered & Agency<br />

7%<br />

Corporate bonds<br />

23%<br />

Return on<br />

invested assets<br />

after impairments<br />

-1.6% -0.5% +4.4% +3.9%<br />

(1) Excluding funds withheld.<br />

(2) Including hedge funds, infrastructure funds, private equity, commodities and non-listed equities.<br />

In other words, in times of uncertainty you have <strong>to</strong> be<br />

very careful in what you do, but you do not actually<br />

have <strong>to</strong> ban anything. Of course alternative investments<br />

are considered <strong>risk</strong>y, but some selective assets within<br />

this classification could help <strong>to</strong> prevent the <strong>risk</strong>s you<br />

are facing.<br />

The Group also tries <strong>to</strong> avoid investing in solutions<br />

that it does not fully understand. When it is offered<br />

new investments/solutions with which the Group is not<br />

familiar, it learns more about the asset class in question<br />

<strong>to</strong> ensure that it has ticked all the right boxes and that<br />

it knows exactly why this particular asset class is good<br />

for its balance sheet. SCOR makes sure that it knows<br />

why it should use this asset class over another one, so<br />

that it can face all the <strong>risk</strong>s involved and be sure that it<br />

has made a good choice. Of course, this does not mean<br />

that at the end of the day the Group will have predicted<br />

what is going <strong>to</strong> happen with the investment.<br />

Once again, if there is no inflation in 2012 or 2013,<br />

or even up <strong>to</strong> 2020, it will have been costly <strong>to</strong> build<br />

this inflation-linked bond pocket, but the Group will be<br />

happy with it because the trade-off is infinitely preferable<br />

<strong>to</strong> being exposed <strong>to</strong> inflation with no protection.<br />

This is how SCOR has implemented <strong>ERM</strong> in<strong>to</strong> its<br />

investment strategy.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 79


9<br />

HOW TO DEAL WITH THE IMPACT<br />

OF INFLATION ON PRICING<br />

AND RESERVING TONY NEGHAIWI<br />

Chief Pricing Actuary, SCOR Global P&C<br />

ERIC DAL MORO<br />

Chief Reserving Actuary, SCOR Switzerland<br />

This article addresses inflation, its<br />

origins and its impact on long-tail business lines.<br />

Based on SCOR’s experience, it shows how inflation<br />

could be integrated in<strong>to</strong> pricing and reserving.<br />

I. Liability reserves<br />

and inflation<br />

For Liability business lines, inflation sources can broadly<br />

be classified in<strong>to</strong> the following groups:<br />

Fig. 81: Sources of inflation for liability reserves<br />

Medical Price Index vs. All-item Price Index<br />

150<br />

140<br />

130<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

1996*<br />

80 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

• The Consumer Price Index (CPI), defined by the United<br />

States Bureau of Labor Statistics as “a measure of the<br />

average change over time in the prices paid by urban<br />

consumers for a market basket of consumer goods<br />

and services.”<br />

• Changes in regulation or legal interpretations in any<br />

jurisdiction. An illustration of this is the regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

change in 1996 that completely modified reserve<br />

levels in French Non-Proportional Mo<strong>to</strong>r treaties.<br />

• Social changes: in fast-growing countries like China,<br />

the rehabilitation of victims is becoming increasingly<br />

expensive due <strong>to</strong> rapidly improving living standards.<br />

• Medical cost inflation: Figure 81 compares European<br />

medical cost inflation with the CPI in Europe. The<br />

medical cost rate is double that of the CPI.<br />

1997* 1998* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Medical price index All-item price index *Estimates.<br />

Source: Comité Européen des Assurances.


• Emerging <strong>risk</strong> inflation can be a source of inflation<br />

but is much more difficult <strong>to</strong> analyze (e.g. the possible<br />

impact of nanotechnology on future Liability claims).<br />

The precautionary principle can also be considered<br />

a source of inflation. This principle is being applied<br />

more and more and may therefore drive an increasing<br />

number of claims. This is illustrated by the recent<br />

eruption of the volcano in Iceland, for which some<br />

passengers would certainly have liked <strong>to</strong> file Liability<br />

claims.<br />

All of the above inflation sources may become drivers<br />

of superimposed inflation. Superimposed inflation is<br />

not an easy concept <strong>to</strong> grasp. In 2007, the Institute of<br />

Actuaries of Australia asked its members <strong>to</strong> come up<br />

with their best possible definitions for it. Two of these<br />

are set out below:<br />

• “The increase in claims costs that exceeds inflation, is<br />

unrelated <strong>to</strong> increases in claim frequency and ignores<br />

higher claims costs emanating from legislation changes<br />

and the like”.<br />

• “A measure of the increase in claim values in<br />

excess of the rate of wage inflation. Alternatively,<br />

a term dreamt up by actuaries <strong>to</strong> explain away their<br />

miscalculations!”<br />

Nowadays, insurers are facing these unpredictable<br />

fac<strong>to</strong>rs and the question they are asking is: when<br />

will superimposed inflation start and how can it be<br />

s<strong>to</strong>pped?<br />

The same survey by the Institute of Actuaries of Australia<br />

posed the question of how <strong>to</strong> s<strong>to</strong>p superimposed<br />

inflation. Proposed solutions included:<br />

• Changing benefits in insurance policies.<br />

• Excluding/limiting the involvement of lawyers in<br />

the Liability system. Although this answer appears<br />

a good solution at first, it should be mentioned<br />

that most Liability claims are handled by insurers.<br />

Liability claims are only occasionally presented <strong>to</strong> a<br />

court, especially when the indemnities involved are<br />

small. In the U.S., however, the <strong>to</strong>rt system, and class<br />

action suits in particular, allow courts <strong>to</strong> award large<br />

indemnity payouts. This can drive superimposed<br />

inflation and could be impacted by the limitation of<br />

lawyer involvement.<br />

• Changing the way in which claims are managed.<br />

In order <strong>to</strong> detect which claims are likely <strong>to</strong> lead <strong>to</strong><br />

difficulties or fraud, it is helpful <strong>to</strong> implement a<br />

predictive model <strong>based</strong> on the claims data that is<br />

usually available when the claim is first entered in<strong>to</strong><br />

the IT system. On the basis of this model, the more<br />

complex claims can be handled by senior adjusters<br />

and the more simple cases by junior adjusters. This<br />

allocation of claims is a very important fac<strong>to</strong>r for<br />

insurers because for Liability, especially, moral hazard<br />

is a major driver. An optimal claims management<br />

system is therefore important <strong>to</strong> prevent claims<br />

inflation arising from undetected fraudulent claims.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 81


Fig. 82: Sources of inflation for liability reserves<br />

Example of the impact of inflation on Non-Proportional Liability<br />

Cover<br />

10 EURm<br />

Priority<br />

1 EURm<br />

Reinsurers are partially covered<br />

against inflation for the<br />

Non-Proportional business<br />

through indexation clauses.<br />

Figure 82 illustrates the potential impact of inflation<br />

on a Non-Proportional contract. For a treaty of<br />

EUR 10 m xs 1 m, one imagines that a claim reaches<br />

EUR 1.1 m. The reinsurance cost is EUR 0.1 m.<br />

With 10% inflation, the claim will reach EUR 1.2 m<br />

and the cost <strong>to</strong> the reinsurer will be 100% higher.<br />

So, even though stabilization clauses in Non-Proportional<br />

contracts exist in many markets, inflation can have a<br />

dramatic effect for reinsurers.<br />

NON-PROPORTIONAL MOTOR BUSINESS<br />

IN FRANCE<br />

Treaty 10 EURm xs 1 EURm<br />

Claim<br />

1.1 EURm<br />

Cost<br />

reinsurance<br />

0.1 EURm<br />

10% inflation<br />

French Mo<strong>to</strong>r Non-Proportional treaties provide an<br />

important example for examining legal changes and<br />

Claim<br />

1.2 EURm<br />

Cost<br />

reinsurance<br />

0.2 EURm<br />

Cost<br />

reinsurance<br />

+100%<br />

their impact on loss development triangles. In 1996,<br />

a legal change was introduced <strong>to</strong> the calculation of<br />

pension indemnities payable <strong>to</strong> bodily injury victims.<br />

This led <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• The introduction of more conservative mortality tables;<br />

• The application of more conservative discount rates.<br />

Insurers had five years <strong>to</strong> implement the new regulations,<br />

with a retroactive effect on open claims.<br />

Below is a triangle of chain-ladder coefficients for<br />

cumulative incurred losses on French Mo<strong>to</strong>r Non-<br />

Proportional lines.<br />

Fig. 83: Mo<strong>to</strong>r Non-Proportional in France<br />

Triangle of incurred chain-ladder coefficients for Mo<strong>to</strong>r Non-Proportional in France<br />

UWY N N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 N+5 N+6 N+7 N+8 N+9 N+10 N+11 N+12 N+13 N+14 N+15 N+16 N+17 N+18<br />

1980 0.13 14.53 1.74 1.05 1.02 1.11 1.01 0.97 1.03 1.04 0.99 1.00 1.18 1.01 1.05 1.28 0.80 1.03<br />

1981 0.00 4.97 0.99 1.04 1.21 1.16 0.86 1.04 1.02 0.92 1.03 0.94 0.97 0.98 1.26 0.93 1.10 0.97<br />

1982 0.78 0.91 1.07 1.18 1.11 1.08 1.02 0.97 1.08 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.05 1.40 0.71 1.02 1.06 1.02<br />

1983 1.07 1.14 1.03 1.01 0.95 0.94 0.99 1.02 1.04 1.02 1.05 1.06 1.43 0.70 1.05 1.11 0.86<br />

1984 1.39 1.14 1.13 1.16 1.03 1.00 0.98 1.02 0.96 0.98 1.05 1.30 0.92 1.06 1.01 1.01<br />

1985 1.54 1.29 1.09 0.94 1.03 1.06 0.86 1.00 1.00 1.01 1.28 0.95 1.03 0.95 1.04<br />

1986 1.37 0.91 1.03 1.05 0.97 1.02 1.02 1.01 1.09 1.29 0.88 1.08 1.02 0.89<br />

1987 1.37 1.01 1.02 1.02 1.08 0.94 1.10 1.00 1.29 1.09 1.10 0.97 0.97<br />

1988 1.55 0.96 0.99 0.94 1.11 0.99 1.01 1.32 0.97 1.07 1.04 0.97<br />

1989 1.16 0.92 1.14 0.97 0.99 1.06 1.39 1.01 1.22 0.99 0.98<br />

1990 NA 1.34 1.11 1.01 1.11 1.04 1.43 0.91 1.16 0.99 0.97<br />

1991 1.41 0.87 1.19 1.01 1.34 1.02 1.08 0.98 1.00<br />

1992 1.29 1.13 1.10 1.48 0.94 1.10 0.94 1.11<br />

1993 1.21 1.03 1.39 0.91 1.05 0.98 0.99<br />

1994 1.15 1.59 1.17 1.13 0.98 0.96<br />

1995 4.39 1.54 1.16 0.96 1.04<br />

1996 1.40 1.28 1.20 0.96<br />

1997 1.35 1.12 1.01<br />

1998 0.96 1.13<br />

1999 1.10<br />

The impact of the change of regulation can be clearly seen on the chain-ladder coefficients.<br />

2000<br />

How <strong>to</strong> deal with such dis<strong>to</strong>rtions?<br />

82 - November 2010 - SCOR


In the triangle (Figure 83), the impact of the regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

change is visible in the diagonals of 1996, 1997 and<br />

1998. For 1996, instead of having lower chain-ladder<br />

coefficients (between 1.2 and 1.3), the coefficient<br />

reaches 4.3. This high coefficient is due <strong>to</strong> cedants<br />

adapting their bodily injury reserves <strong>to</strong> the new<br />

regulation and thus reporting higher incurred values.<br />

This is typical of a retroactive change in regulation:<br />

a huge effect is visible in the years following initial<br />

implementation.<br />

Following this example, the way how SCOR deals with<br />

such dis<strong>to</strong>rtions will be presented.<br />

TREATMENT OF INFLATION IN RESERVING<br />

SCOR has two main methods for dealing with reserving<br />

inflation:<br />

• Stress testing: this consists of incorporating a loading<br />

for future unpredictable inflation in<strong>to</strong> ultimate loss<br />

ratios, <strong>based</strong> on pricing information for the most<br />

recent underwriting years. Putting up reserves in this<br />

way can be costly and, as a result, requires a strong<br />

balance sheet.<br />

• Correction of triangles for embedded inflation: the<br />

correction of triangles for inflation consists of removing<br />

the inflation effects embedded in the triangles.<br />

This correction may involve removing chain-ladder<br />

coefficient diagonals affected by legal interpretation<br />

changes (e.g. French Mo<strong>to</strong>r Non-Proportional).<br />

It may also involve correcting the whole triangle<br />

for some base inflation (e.g. TME rate in France).<br />

The methods set out below provide two ways in which<br />

<strong>to</strong> au<strong>to</strong>matically estimate this embedded inflation:<br />

- Separation method of Verbeek-Taylor<br />

(G. Taylor 1986),<br />

- Generalized Linear Model (GLM - England &<br />

Verrall 2002).<br />

The modified triangle is then projected and the final ultimate<br />

loss is calculated, fac<strong>to</strong>ring in future inflation. Future<br />

inflation estimates can be <strong>based</strong> on exposure and frequency<br />

determinants (if possible). In any case, the future<br />

claims inflation assumption remains judgmental.<br />

Stress tests<br />

In order <strong>to</strong> fac<strong>to</strong>r inflation in<strong>to</strong> the reserves, the ultimate<br />

loss ratio used for reserving purposes is split in<strong>to</strong><br />

three layers:<br />

• The first layer consists of the expected claims level<br />

with no inflation assumptions;<br />

• The second layer consists of the additional loss ratio<br />

points stemming from the original price inflation<br />

assumption. This information comes from pricing<br />

actuaries;<br />

• The third layer represents the loss ratio points<br />

additional <strong>to</strong> the second layer, stemming from<br />

stressed inflation.<br />

Figure 84 illustrates the three layers concept:<br />

The first layer, claims without inflation, represents an<br />

80% loss ratio.<br />

The second layer fac<strong>to</strong>rs in 5% inflation over a claim<br />

duration of 2 years: this would represent a further 8%<br />

on the loss ratio.<br />

Finally, the third layer fac<strong>to</strong>rs in an additional 2%<br />

inflation, which leads <strong>to</strong> an additional 3%. This is the<br />

cost of inflation unpredictability.<br />

Fig. 84: Treatment of inflation in reserving<br />

Stress-test – Applies <strong>to</strong> recent Underwriting Years, <strong>based</strong> on pricing information<br />

1 st layer<br />

2 nd layer<br />

3 rd layer<br />

Pricing Ultimate<br />

Loss Ratio<br />

without inflation<br />

Δ Ultimate Loss Ratio<br />

when original price with 5% inflation<br />

Δ Ultimate Loss Ratio<br />

for higher inflation (7%)<br />

CoC Expenses 10%<br />

Claims without<br />

inflation<br />

80%<br />

8%<br />

3%<br />

Reserving ULR 101%<br />

Note on the calculation below:<br />

We assume a claim duration of 2 years.<br />

= 80% [(1+5%) 2 –1]<br />

= 80% [(1+7%) 2 – (1+5%) 2 ]<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 83


Triangle correction for embedded inflation<br />

The correction of triangles for embedded inflation can<br />

be conducted cell by cell on applying the following<br />

fac<strong>to</strong>r: 1<br />

(1+x) i+j<br />

where:<br />

• x is the average estimated rate of inflation in the past,<br />

• i relates <strong>to</strong> underwriting year,<br />

• j relates <strong>to</strong> development years.<br />

Details about this method can be found in England<br />

and Verrall (2002).<br />

Once the triangles have been corrected by the fac<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

above, a standard projection can be made <strong>to</strong> estimate<br />

uninflated IBNRs (e.g. using the chain-ladder method).<br />

The challenge is then <strong>to</strong> estimate the reinflated IBNRs<br />

taking future inflation fac<strong>to</strong>rs in<strong>to</strong> account.<br />

Usually, future inflation is determined by future exposure<br />

and future frequency. However, unlike Property<br />

insurance, the determinants of Liability exposures and<br />

frequency are not straightforward <strong>to</strong> define.<br />

Fig. 85: Treatment of inflation in reserving<br />

Worker’s Compensation loss ratio vs. unemployment<br />

140%<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

1979<br />

84 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Workers comp loss ratio (LHS) Unemployment rate (RHS)<br />

Source: J.P. Morgan, APRA, ISC.<br />

As examples of Liability determinants for inflation, in 2009<br />

the Insurance Services Office in the US proposed the following<br />

measures for some Liability business lines:<br />

• Contrac<strong>to</strong>rs’ Liability exposure: the average hourly<br />

earnings of construction workers would seem <strong>to</strong> be<br />

correlated <strong>to</strong> inflation.<br />

• Manufacturers’ Product Liability exposure: future<br />

sales would be a good determinant even though<br />

they remain uncertain.<br />

• Frequency: unemployment rates and interest rates<br />

may be used. In Australia, for instance, the unemployment<br />

rate and the ultimate loss ratio of Workers’<br />

Compensation insurance seem <strong>to</strong> be correlated, as<br />

shown in Figure 85. Therefore, using the predicted<br />

unemployment rate, it should be possible <strong>to</strong> estimate<br />

the future ultimate loss ratio, which would integrate<br />

some elements of superimposed inflation.<br />

To conclude, in the context of superimposed inflation<br />

reappearing and this future inflation being different<br />

<strong>to</strong> past inflation, insurers already have many <strong>to</strong>ols <strong>to</strong><br />

deal with this new environment, as described above.<br />

However, it should be noted that the impact of inflation<br />

on reserves can be huge; fortunately, modeling<br />

solutions exist <strong>to</strong> deal with it.<br />

1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011<br />

12%<br />

10%<br />

8%<br />

6%<br />

4%<br />

2%<br />

0%


II. Pricing and inflation<br />

Projecting the cost of ultimate loss, and identifying and<br />

dealing with its drivers, is a common objective in both<br />

pricing and reserving. It also constitutes perhaps the<br />

most critical issue not just for these actuarial functions<br />

but also for the health and viability of the insurance<br />

and reinsurance industry as a whole.<br />

Fig. 86: Should Pricing/Reserving be concerned? Absolutely<br />

Reasons for US P/C Insurer Impairments, 1969-2008<br />

7%<br />

8%<br />

9%<br />

8%<br />

4% 4%<br />

8%<br />

14%<br />

38%<br />

As highlighted by Figure 86, between 1969 and 2008,<br />

38% of US P&C defaults were attributed <strong>to</strong> deficient<br />

loss reserves and inadequate pricing, by far the largest<br />

cause of insurer defaults. One may also argue that<br />

there is a strong link between pricing/reserving and<br />

some of the other causes on the chart, such as rapid<br />

growth. Unsurprisingly, frequent defaults usually follow<br />

turbulent times.<br />

Deficient loss reserves/Inadequate Pricing<br />

Rapid growth<br />

Alleged fraud<br />

Catastrophe losses<br />

Affiliate impairment<br />

Investment problems<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Significant change in business<br />

Reinsurance failure<br />

Source: A.M. Best, 1969-2008 Impairment Review, Special Report, April 6, 2008.<br />

Deficient Loss Reserves and Inadequate Pricing are the leading cause of insurer impairments, underscoring the importance of discipline.<br />

Investment Catastrophe Losses play a much smaller role.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 85


Fig. 87: Some his<strong>to</strong>rical perspective on inflation<br />

Inflation is not double-digit now as it was in 1974-81<br />

Annual<br />

Inflation Rates<br />

14%<br />

12%<br />

10%<br />

8%<br />

6%<br />

4%<br />

2%<br />

0%<br />

-2%<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

1969 8<br />

1970<br />

1971<br />

1972<br />

1973<br />

1974<br />

1975<br />

1976<br />

1977<br />

1978<br />

1979<br />

1980<br />

1981<br />

1982<br />

1983<br />

1984<br />

1985<br />

1986<br />

1987<br />

1988<br />

1989<br />

1990<br />

1991<br />

1992<br />

1993<br />

1994<br />

1995<br />

1996<br />

1997<br />

1998<br />

1999<br />

2000<br />

2001<br />

2002<br />

2003<br />

2004<br />

2005<br />

2006<br />

2007<br />

2008<br />

2009<br />

2010F<br />

Source: US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics; Blue Chip Economic Indica<strong>to</strong>rs (4/2010 issue) (2010 forecast).<br />

If you started work in the insurance industry 27 years ago, you never experienced annual inflation as high as 6%.<br />

Fig. 88: Some his<strong>to</strong>rical perspective on Non-Life companies’ impairment<br />

P&C Insurer Impairments, 1969-2009F (forecast)<br />

15<br />

12<br />

7<br />

11<br />

9<br />

34<br />

9<br />

13<br />

12<br />

19<br />

9<br />

16<br />

14<br />

13<br />

36<br />

49<br />

31<br />

34<br />

50<br />

48<br />

Source: Insurance Information Institute.<br />

The number of imparments varies significantly over the P&C Insurance Cycle, with peaks occuring well in<strong>to</strong> hard markets.<br />

Companies are currently facing economically turbulent<br />

times, where high inflation is one potential scenario as<br />

the world economy comes out of the crisis. This would<br />

have serious consequences on (re)insurance industry,<br />

especially on long-tail lines such as Liability. Even more<br />

serious is the fact that most of companies in the industry<br />

have not worked in a period of high inflation.<br />

86 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

55<br />

60<br />

58<br />

41<br />

29<br />

16<br />

12<br />

31<br />

18<br />

19<br />

5 of the 11 are Florida companies<br />

(1 of these 5 is a title insurer)<br />

49<br />

50<br />

47<br />

35<br />

18<br />

14<br />

15<br />

5<br />

7<br />

1970<br />

1971<br />

1972<br />

1973<br />

1974<br />

1975<br />

1976<br />

1977<br />

1978<br />

1979<br />

1980<br />

1981<br />

1982<br />

1983<br />

1984<br />

1985<br />

1986<br />

1987<br />

1988<br />

1989<br />

1990<br />

1991<br />

1992<br />

1993<br />

1994<br />

1995<br />

1996<br />

1997<br />

1998<br />

1999<br />

2000<br />

2001<br />

2002<br />

2003<br />

2004<br />

2005<br />

2006<br />

2007<br />

2008<br />

2009F<br />

11<br />

However, “economic inflation” in the form of the CPI is<br />

not the only driver of loss costs. In pricing, one ultimate<br />

loss framework is composed of frequency (number<br />

of claims), and severity (the cost per claim). This is an<br />

effective and simple framework, and helps <strong>to</strong> identify<br />

loss cost drivers. Inflation is mainly linked as a driver of<br />

severity, but it is only one of many. To illustrate this with<br />

real statistics, let us take a look at Liability in the UK.


EXAMPLE FROM THE UK MARKET<br />

Figure 89 comparing the average severity of a UK Liability<br />

portfolio <strong>to</strong> the CPI and wage inflation index clearly<br />

shows that the trend in claims costs far outstrips the<br />

“economic” inflation indices: superimposed inflation<br />

is real. In the UK Liability market, many past studies<br />

indicated that the overall loss trend – the average loss per<br />

claim – had grown by around 10% per year in a period<br />

where the underlying Consumer Price Index inflation<br />

was in the range of 2-3%. It is worth noting that this<br />

superimposed inflation does not necessarily need <strong>to</strong><br />

correlate closely <strong>to</strong> the Consumer Price Index.<br />

Fig. 89: UK Example – Long-term relationship<br />

Severity Indices vs. CPI<br />

Index (1990 = 1.00)<br />

6.00<br />

5.00<br />

4.00<br />

3.00<br />

2.00<br />

1.00<br />

Median<br />

ACPC<br />

Flat increase<br />

2-yr av median<br />

4-yr av median<br />

CPI<br />

wage<br />

Economic Inflation is a broad basket of items, some of<br />

which are more relevant <strong>to</strong> loss inflation than others,<br />

such as health care costs, wage costs, and repair costs.<br />

Furthermore, there are many other fac<strong>to</strong>rs affecting<br />

claim costs that are not directly related <strong>to</strong> “economic”<br />

inflation. To name just a few: changes in laws and<br />

regulations (such as the admission or non-admission<br />

of pain and suffering); benefit schemes (such as the<br />

Ogden tables in the UK); social attitudes (e.g. tendency<br />

<strong>to</strong> file claims). These additional drivers of loss inflation<br />

are not necessarily correlated <strong>to</strong> economic inflation.<br />

Figure 90 and Figure 91 correlate the one-year loss<br />

trends <strong>to</strong> the CPI and wage inflation index.<br />

0.00<br />

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />

Year<br />

Source: SCOR data.<br />

Severity Trends have far outstripped general inflation; year-on-year severity changes <strong>to</strong>o erratic <strong>to</strong> provide reliable trends; long-term trends<br />

more stable, but require evaluation of past sources of superimposed inflation and future expectations.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 87


Fig. 90: UK Ex. – Short-term relationship<br />

Severity comparison <strong>to</strong> wage inflation<br />

2-yr median<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

0%<br />

-10%<br />

1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7%<br />

-20%<br />

Source: SCOR data. Wage Inflation Source: SCOR data.<br />

Clearly, it is hard <strong>to</strong> find this direct correlation, and in<br />

fact the straightforward correlation <strong>to</strong> the wage index<br />

misleadingly implies a negative correlation, which<br />

practically, does not make much sense. This is not just<br />

due <strong>to</strong> the other drivers of the severity trend, but also<br />

<strong>to</strong> the random nature of claims severity, and the timing<br />

of claims. There are many “dates” affecting claims<br />

severity other than the date of policy inception: date<br />

of accident, date of settlement, date of payment, etc.<br />

When picturing the relationship between the severity<br />

index and wage inflation in the longer term, some trends<br />

become visible. As shown in Figure 92, loss inflation and<br />

wage inflation have indicated a positive correlation from<br />

1998 <strong>to</strong> 2009. Nonetheless, one can clearly see that<br />

fac<strong>to</strong>rs other than inflation affect claims severity. There<br />

was a stronger relationship between the 4-year severity<br />

index and wage inflation, but there are also many other<br />

Fig. 92: UK Ex. – Long-term relationship<br />

4-yr median loss severity index against wage<br />

inflation index<br />

Loss Inflation Index<br />

4.00<br />

3.50<br />

3.00<br />

2.50<br />

2.00<br />

1.50<br />

1.00<br />

1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40<br />

Source: SCOR data.<br />

Wage Inflation Index<br />

88 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

From 1998 <strong>to</strong> 2009, Loss and Wage<br />

Inflation have tracked and severely,<br />

but same trend was not apparent<br />

in period of four previous years<br />

2-yr median<br />

Fig. 91: UK Ex. – Short-term relationship<br />

Severity comparison <strong>to</strong> CPI<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

0%<br />

-10%<br />

1% 1% 2% 2% 3% 3% 4% 4% 5%<br />

-20%<br />

elements <strong>to</strong> deal with. The general trend is shown in the<br />

data, but the relationship is weak.<br />

The purpose herein is not <strong>to</strong> try <strong>to</strong> minimize the effect<br />

of inflation, but <strong>to</strong> highlight the fact that there are other<br />

fac<strong>to</strong>rs involved, and most importantly that a quick<br />

look at the statistics (especially when looking at short<br />

periods) may misleadingly imply the non-existence of<br />

such a relationship.<br />

MANAGING THE TREATMENT<br />

OF INFLATION IN PRICING<br />

CPI<br />

Loss inflation has more of an effect on long-tail lines<br />

such as Liability. In this example, if the inflation estimate<br />

is changed by 1%, the effect on the loss cost would<br />

reach 8% undiscounted and 7% discounted.<br />

Loss Inflation 4-yr median<br />

Fig. 93: UK Ex. – Long-term relationship<br />

4-yr median loss severity <strong>to</strong> wage inflation<br />

20%<br />

18%<br />

16%<br />

14%<br />

12%<br />

10%<br />

8%<br />

6%<br />

4%<br />

2%<br />

0%<br />

2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 3.5% 4.0% 4.5% 5.0%<br />

Source: SCOR data.<br />

Wage Inflation


Fig. 94: Effect of Loss Inflation and Discounting on Pricing<br />

Cumulative Payments - base 100<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25<br />

Year of Maturity<br />

10% Inflation 10% Inflation & 4% Discount 11% Inflation & 5% Discount<br />

11% Inflation 11% Inflation & 4% Discount<br />

Source: SCOR data.<br />

Known inflation can be priced in and has a more<br />

leveraged effect on long-tail Lines of Business, but<br />

this leveraging effect is reduced after discounting for<br />

investment income. When and if inflation and interest<br />

rates move in tandem, price is not materially affected,<br />

but that is a big IF.<br />

On an excess of loss basis, however, the effect is more<br />

dramatic. The leveraging effect makes loss inflation<br />

(economic and superimposed) much more dangerous.<br />

There are two effects <strong>to</strong> consider here. First, for losses<br />

already above a certain threshold, the increase caused<br />

by inflation will affect the part above the threshold;<br />

for example, if a claim is valued at EUR 110 with a<br />

threshold of EUR 100 (making excess of loss EUR 100),<br />

the increase of 1% from EUR 110 <strong>to</strong> EUR 111 will affect<br />

the excess layer by 10%! From 10 <strong>to</strong> 11. Furthermore,<br />

one should consider losses that were formerly below<br />

the threshold but now exceed it due <strong>to</strong> inflation.<br />

OTHER POTENTIAL DANGERS<br />

FROM THE ECONOMIC CRISIS<br />

One should also consider other elements that do not<br />

really constitute inflation per se but rather are related<br />

<strong>to</strong> economic scenarios. Some of these may affect<br />

frequency (or the number of claims) rather than severity.<br />

Although these are currently purely speculative, one<br />

cannot dismiss them and should keep an eye on them in<br />

order <strong>to</strong> protect the viability of (re)insurance industry.<br />

Governments are accumulating more and more debt and<br />

there will come a point when they need <strong>to</strong> deal with it.<br />

Pattern Effect: 1% inflation Index Effect<br />

10% Inflation - Undiscounted 100 0%<br />

10% Inflation - Discounted at 4% 74 -26%<br />

11% Inflation 108 8%<br />

11% Inflation - Discounted at 4% 79 7%<br />

11% Inflation - Discounted at 5% 74 0%<br />

Inflation is one possible solution in this regard. Pension<br />

or unemployment reforms are another; however, while<br />

they may not lead directly <strong>to</strong> increased losses, the people<br />

affected may be inclined <strong>to</strong> find more reasons <strong>to</strong> file<br />

claims. Another possible solution is <strong>to</strong> cut the budgets<br />

of certain government departments, thereby increasing<br />

pressure <strong>to</strong> find alternative sources of revenue. Insurance<br />

is one potentially tempting source, with the possible<br />

option of allocating more cost burdens (hospitalization<br />

for example) <strong>to</strong> the insurance sec<strong>to</strong>r.<br />

Furthermore, high unemployment rates and low or<br />

reduced income could tempt people <strong>to</strong> turn <strong>to</strong> insurance<br />

as an alternative source of revenue. The increased filing<br />

of injury claims, whether legitimate or fraudulent, and<br />

the increase in arson and theft, are all examples of such<br />

dangers. Economic pressures, which could negatively<br />

impact safety and maintenance standards and therefore<br />

cause more accidents, are another example.<br />

The most important things <strong>to</strong> remember when pricing<br />

are <strong>to</strong> stay on the alert and <strong>to</strong> take whatever<br />

materializes in the projections in<strong>to</strong> consideration.<br />

There are, however, other ways <strong>to</strong> manage these<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s, such as:<br />

• Holding more capital <strong>to</strong> cover the increase;<br />

• Using more inflation-indexed investments;<br />

• Integrating indexation clauses;<br />

• Improving the quality of data used for reserving<br />

and pricing;<br />

• Involving regula<strong>to</strong>rs in the discussion;<br />

• Using Asset Liability <strong>Management</strong>, a key technique<br />

for analyzing the combined effect on assets and<br />

liabilities.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 89


10<br />

THE FINANCIAL MARKETS VIEW<br />

ON THE RISK/REWARD STRATEGIES<br />

IN THE (RE)INSURANCE<br />

INDUSTRY MARCO CIRCELLI<br />

Head of Group Corporate Finance & Financial Communications, SCOR<br />

This article presents the view<br />

of the financial markets (analysts and inves<strong>to</strong>rs)<br />

with regard <strong>to</strong> the <strong>risk</strong>/reward strategies of<br />

(re)insurance companies.<br />

I. The inves<strong>to</strong>r’s reassessment<br />

of a reinsurer’s key strategic<br />

choices during the financial crisis<br />

Reinsurance companies are profiled on the basis of the<br />

key choices made around their strategic axes. These<br />

strategic axes enable us <strong>to</strong> determine the <strong>risk</strong>/reward<br />

profile of a (re)insurance company.<br />

As shown in Figure 95, which is taken from SCOR’s<br />

strategic plan, there are four key strategic corners<strong>to</strong>nes:<br />

Portfolio <strong>Management</strong>, Capital <strong>Management</strong>,<br />

Franchise <strong>Management</strong> and Cycle and Growth<br />

<strong>Management</strong>. Within these four strategic corners<strong>to</strong>nes<br />

there are four variables, <strong>to</strong> wit, volume, solvency,<br />

<strong>risk</strong>-<strong>based</strong> capital and profit. These variables have an<br />

impact on the Group as a whole, in terms of franchise,<br />

profitability, <strong>risk</strong> diversification and financial rating.<br />

Along these strategic axes, (re)insurance companies<br />

have pursued three key business models since the<br />

WTC in 2001. These three business models are called<br />

90 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

business models A, B, and C by default. They are <strong>based</strong><br />

on the strategic corners<strong>to</strong>nes mentioned previously:<br />

• Business model A focuses more on traditional reinsurance<br />

business, and on high business diversification.<br />

It follows a cautious asset management <strong>approach</strong><br />

and a restrained capital management strategy, with<br />

a consistent dividend policy, low financial leverage,<br />

and capital allocation concentrated on business <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

with a focus on technical profitability. Concerning<br />

cycle and growth management, this business model<br />

pursues a long-term <strong>approach</strong> geared <strong>to</strong>wards liquidity<br />

and operating cash flow.<br />

• Business model B follows a more opportunity-<br />

driven business <strong>approach</strong> <strong>based</strong> on rather limited<br />

diversification (monoliners, Cat players). With regard<br />

<strong>to</strong> capital management, the objective of this business<br />

model is <strong>to</strong> maximize returns through high, but<br />

volatile, dividend distribution and share buy-backs.<br />

A large amount of capital is allocated <strong>to</strong> Cat eventdriven<br />

business.<br />

• Business model C is similar <strong>to</strong> business model A.<br />

However, business model C focuses on new business<br />

lines, including innovative business lines such as banking<br />

business and Credit Default Swap (CDS) business.<br />

A large part of capital is allocated <strong>to</strong> an aggressive<br />

asset management policy. The capital management of<br />

business model C is geared <strong>to</strong>wards the maximization<br />

of returns in the short term through share buy back<br />

and high leverage. Its financial strategy has a limited<br />

focus on liquidity and operating cash flow.


Fig. 95: The profile of a reinsurance company is a matter of key choices<br />

around its strategic axes<br />

Source: SCOR.<br />

IN THE (RE)INSURANCE INDUSTRY THERE<br />

WAS A CLEAR VALUE GAP BETWEEN<br />

THE BUSINESS MODELS<br />

Figure 96 compares share price <strong>to</strong> book value per share<br />

(P/BV) versus the return on equity (ROE) of the three<br />

business models. One allocated real companies <strong>to</strong> each<br />

business model, <strong>based</strong> on their <strong>risk</strong> <strong>approach</strong>, business<br />

diversification, asset strategy, etc.<br />

As demonstrated in the graph, in 2006, before the<br />

financial crisis, business models B and C were clearly<br />

better valued by the financial markets than business<br />

model A, with P/BV at a premium.<br />

Business models A and C had similar ROEs but business<br />

model C was valued higher in terms of P/BV, as many inves<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

liked the innovative nature of its business strategy.<br />

Of all the business models, business model B had a much<br />

higher ROE and P/BV than the others, as monoliners<br />

were producing much higher returns, especially in years<br />

of low catastrophe events.<br />

Fig. 96: In the reinsurance industry there was a clear value gap<br />

between the business models - Pre-crisis multiples (2006)<br />

P/BV 2006<br />

1.45<br />

1.4<br />

1.35<br />

Portfolio<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Franchise<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

Model A<br />

Higher<br />

diversification<br />

Model C<br />

Value gap<br />

1.3<br />

ROE 2006<br />

13% 15% 17% 19% 21% 23% 25%<br />

RISK BASED CAPITAL<br />

(economic capital)<br />

PROFIT<br />

Model B In 2006, before the financial crisis,<br />

business models B and C were clearly<br />

better valued by the market than<br />

business model A, with a higher P/BV<br />

at a premium.<br />

Business models A and C had similar<br />

ROEs but the business model C<br />

was higher valued in terms of P/BV.<br />

From all the business models, business<br />

model B had a much higher ROE<br />

and P/BV than the others.<br />

Source: Factset as of 03/06/2010.<br />

Capital<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

VOLUME SOLVENCY<br />

(available capital)<br />

Lower<br />

franchise<br />

Higher<br />

franchise<br />

Lower<br />

diversification<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> diversification<br />

Franchise<br />

Rating<br />

Profitability<br />

Higher<br />

ROE<br />

Lower<br />

rating<br />

A+<br />

Higher<br />

rating<br />

Lower<br />

ROE<br />

900 bps<br />

Cycle & Growth<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 91


WHAT HAPPENED DURING THE FINANCIAL<br />

MARKET CRISIS?<br />

In fact, the financial crisis has led <strong>to</strong> a general reassessment<br />

of these business models, contradicting the<br />

strategic axes of reinsurance companies and impacting<br />

the four key strategic corners<strong>to</strong>nes previously quoted:<br />

• The portfolios of some reinsurance companies have<br />

suffered from a lack of diversification, especially some<br />

credit reinsurance companies and other monoliners.<br />

• Their franchise management has faced difficulties<br />

due <strong>to</strong> financial activities that have led <strong>to</strong> major issues<br />

(e.g. CDS exposure results in significant write-downs).<br />

• Aggressive asset management has led <strong>to</strong> substantial<br />

asset write-downs and impairments.<br />

• In addition, over-active capital management <strong>to</strong>ols<br />

have led <strong>to</strong> stretched capital bases, low financial<br />

flexibility and questionable share buy-back programs.<br />

Shortly before the crisis, certain companies started <strong>to</strong><br />

buy back their own shares when their share price was<br />

high, and leveraged the companies by issuing debt.<br />

• Cash flow management has been neglected, which<br />

has resulted in liquidity stress and has forced sales of<br />

assets and reputational problems.<br />

These fac<strong>to</strong>rs have led <strong>to</strong> a general reassessment of the<br />

business models, particularly business model C. The<br />

latter appears <strong>to</strong> be less ‘suitable’ than business models<br />

A and B in a period when the financial environment<br />

is challenging.<br />

INVESTORS HAVE STARTED TO REWARD<br />

THE SECTOR FOR RISK MANAGEMENT…<br />

Inves<strong>to</strong>rs have started <strong>to</strong> reward the sec<strong>to</strong>r for <strong>Risk</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong>. They have mainly distinguished between<br />

three key areas:<br />

• The investment margin is, on the Life side, a major<br />

driver for profitability; transparency is very important.<br />

It enables inves<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> focus on guarantees and the<br />

quality of hedging, and <strong>to</strong> track economic assumption<br />

changes. On the P&C side, the market can be suspicious<br />

of outsized investment returns. The key is therefore<br />

a balanced and clearly communicated investment<br />

strategy.<br />

• The <strong>risk</strong> margin is less of a driver but still constitutes a<br />

focus in terms of quality and track record; it is a useful<br />

<strong>to</strong>ol for distinguishing between a volatile and a stable<br />

investment, especially on the Life side. Inves<strong>to</strong>rs look<br />

for operating variances and assumption track records<br />

in the development of embedded value, and for<br />

sensitivity <strong>to</strong> mortality and morbidity scenarios.<br />

• The expense margin focuses more on the P&C side<br />

by annually reassessing the track record in terms of<br />

combined ratios, reserved track records, and sensitivity<br />

<strong>to</strong> large loss scenarios.<br />

Fig.97: Resulting in the repricing of reinsurers’ business models<br />

Pre-crisis multiples (2006) Post-crisis multiples (2009)<br />

P/BV 2006<br />

1.5<br />

1.4<br />

1.3<br />

1.2<br />

1.1<br />

1.0<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

92 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Model C<br />

Model A<br />

Model B<br />

0.7<br />

ROE 2006<br />

0.6<br />

0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25%<br />

Source: Factset as of 03/06/2010.<br />

P/BV 2009<br />

1.5<br />

1.4<br />

1.3<br />

1.2<br />

1.1<br />

1.0<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

0.7<br />

Model C<br />

Model A<br />

ROE 2009<br />

0.6<br />

0% 5% 10% 15%<br />

Model B<br />

20%


… RESULTING IN THE RE-PRICING OF REINSURERS’ BUSINESS MODELS<br />

Fig. 98: Differences in earnings expectations are also smaller<br />

Earnings Yield (1)<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

Model A:<br />

Long-term average: 12.8%<br />

Post-crisis average: 14.4%<br />

Model B:<br />

Long-term average: 14.6%<br />

Post-crisis average: 15.6%<br />

Model C:<br />

Long-term average: 15.6%<br />

Post-crisis average: 18.1%<br />

Lehman Brothers'<br />

bankruptcy<br />

Re-pricing<br />

Model A: 14.4%<br />

Model B: 14.8%<br />

Model C: 14.0%<br />

0%<br />

Jan-06 May-06 Sep-06 Jan-07 May-07 Sep-07 Jan-08 May-08 Sep-08 Jan-09 May-09 Sep-09 Jan-10 May-10<br />

(1) Next 24 Months Earnings/Price calculated at 1/average. (Price/Next 24 Months Earnings).<br />

Source: Factset as of 09/06/2010.<br />

According <strong>to</strong> Figure 97, which has appeared already,<br />

business model A was previously valued lower than<br />

business models B and C. Whereas the reassessment<br />

and re-pricing of the insurance industry in 2009 led <strong>to</strong><br />

business model A being valued the highest, even though<br />

it delivers lower returns than business models B and C.<br />

Business model C has clearly been under stress over the<br />

last few years, and has become the least valued. Earning<br />

expectations are not as compelling as before.<br />

Let us compare the earning expectations of the three<br />

business models at the beginning of 2006 with those<br />

at the beginning of 2010 using the graph below. This<br />

graph shows the share price versus the next 24 months’<br />

earnings expectations (earning yields).<br />

Fig. 99: The best option is <strong>to</strong> consistently deliver over time<br />

It appears that in 2006 the earning yield, or earnings<br />

expectation, for business model A was lower, and<br />

that the yields for business models B and C were<br />

much higher. Before Lehman Brothers’ bankruptcy,<br />

the earning yields of all three business models were<br />

pretty stable. However, when the financial market<br />

crisis started, business model C’s earnings expectation<br />

drastically decreased and became very volatile. At the<br />

same time business models A and B were, compared<br />

<strong>to</strong> business model C, less affected by volatility.<br />

Given the return on equity ratios and the average for<br />

each business model, the best option for inves<strong>to</strong>rs is <strong>to</strong><br />

consistently deliver over time. Although business model<br />

A did not generate the most attractive ROE over the last<br />

five years, it turns out that it had the most consistent<br />

ROE in the standard deviation over the last five years.<br />

Company’s ROEs 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Average Standard<br />

Deviation<br />

Business Model A 5.7% 17.0% 14.7% 5.0% 15.1% 11.5% 5.7%<br />

Business Model B 1.8% 22.8% 20.5% 4.5% 18.8% 13.7% 9.8%<br />

Business Model C 1.9% 17.9% 19.0% -1.9% 9.2% 9.2% 9.3%<br />

Average 3.1% 19.2% 18.1% 2.5% 14.4% 11.5% 8.1%<br />

Source: Company’s data.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 93


II. Inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ <strong>approach</strong> <strong>to</strong> (re)insurance company valuation<br />

Fig. 100: “The valuation life cycle” – how inves<strong>to</strong>rs look at (re)insurance companies<br />

Methodology Pros Cons<br />

Appraisal value<br />

(EV (1) + multiple of life<br />

NBV (2) )<br />

HOW DOES AN INVESTOR EVALUATE<br />

A COMPANY DURING THE FINANCIAL<br />

MARKET CYCLE?<br />

As shown in Figure 100, which is taken from a Goldman<br />

Sachs presentation, inves<strong>to</strong>rs distinguish between three classic<br />

markets: the bull, the mid-cycle and the bear market.<br />

• During a bull market, inves<strong>to</strong>rs focus on values such as<br />

embedded value and future profit, which characterize<br />

inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ confidence and optimistic expectations. This<br />

means that inves<strong>to</strong>rs allocate capital <strong>to</strong> Life and Non-<br />

Life. Based on the computed ROE and capital cost of<br />

each division, they round the allocated capital up for<br />

the valuation. This <strong>approach</strong> puts a higher valuation<br />

on companies than they are actually worth.<br />

• Conversely in bear markets, inves<strong>to</strong>rs focus on tangible<br />

net asset values or equity excluding intangibles, or on<br />

classical Solvency I ratios. This is a period characterized<br />

by a fall in investment prices and pessimism, so people<br />

pay more attention <strong>to</strong> hard facts than estimates.<br />

• As for the mid-cycle market, which is marked by a<br />

period in which inves<strong>to</strong>rs are more uncertain, they<br />

compare companies according <strong>to</strong> the ROE and the<br />

price <strong>to</strong> book value.<br />

“THE VALUATION LIFE CYCLE” –<br />

HOW INVESTOR LOOK AT (RE)INSURANCE<br />

COMPANIES<br />

• Simplicity<br />

• Unreflective of returns<br />

• Varying quality of assumptions<br />

• Arbitrary new business multiples<br />

Sum of the parts • Useful for composite businesses<br />

• Allows differential valuation of excess capital<br />

RoE (3) /RoEV (4) vs. P/B (5) /<br />

P/EV (6)<br />

• Good overall comparison<br />

• Links <strong>to</strong> BV growth, which is observable<br />

P/E (7) (7<br />

• Simplicity<br />

• Good for “earnings businesses”<br />

1x P/TNAV (8) P/TN<br />

• Focus on pure tangible assets<br />

for shareholders<br />

Solvency ency I<br />

• A more accurate measure of company<br />

stress<br />

• In line with local regula<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

• Reasonably simple <strong>to</strong> moni<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Figure 101 confirms what we have just been discussing.<br />

In order <strong>to</strong> comprehend inves<strong>to</strong>r behavior, Merrill Lynch<br />

• Easy <strong>to</strong> misallocate capital between<br />

divisions<br />

• Need for x-cycle adjustments<br />

• Neither EV or BV(9)<br />

are fully comparable<br />

• Cyclicality and volatility of stated earnings<br />

• Dis<strong>to</strong>rted for fast growing life businesses<br />

• Growing inconsistencies in IFRS<br />

• Not a consistent measure<br />

• Liabilities not at fair value<br />

• Strip out DAC(10)<br />

? VOBA (11) ?<br />

• No allowance for returns<br />

• Not an economic measure<br />

• Ignores rating agencies<br />

• Ignores other triggers, e.g. leverage<br />

• Inconsistency of calculation<br />

Source: Goldman Sachs, Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2009, “Strategic relevance of changes in key insurance metrics”.<br />

(1) EV: Embedded Value. (2) NBV: Net Business Value. (3) RoE: Return on Equity. (4) RoEV: Return on Embedded Value.<br />

(5) P/B: Price <strong>to</strong> Book. (6) P/EV: Price <strong>to</strong> Embedded Value. (7) P/E: Price Earnings ratio. (8) P/TNAV: Price <strong>to</strong> Tangible Net Asset Value.<br />

(9) BV: Book Value. (10) DAC: Deferred Acquisition Costs. (11) VOBA: Value of Business Acquired.<br />

94 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Bull Market<br />

Mid<br />

Cycle<br />

Bear Market<br />

led a study in which the bank asked several insurance<br />

and reinsurance inves<strong>to</strong>rs a series of questions, most<br />

notably: what is the most important valuation metric<br />

that you utilize <strong>to</strong>day?<br />

The bank first asked them this question in 2008, during<br />

the crisis, and then once again in May 2010. In 2008,<br />

inves<strong>to</strong>rs were focused mainly on tangible book value,<br />

whereas in 2010, they concentrated on <strong>risk</strong> earnings<br />

and free cash flow yield. The development over the<br />

last twelve months in the graph on the right shows<br />

that attention <strong>to</strong> free cash flow yield has significantly<br />

increased over the last twelve months in comparison<br />

with the tangible book value. Overall, the focus from<br />

inves<strong>to</strong>rs is more on earnings and free cash flow, which<br />

suggests a mid-cycle market. Whereas the Merrill Lynch<br />

study shows that in 2008 the focus was on tangible<br />

book value, which presupposes a bear market.<br />

PRICE TO ADJUSTED TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE<br />

IS THE MOST ADEQUATE VALUATION<br />

METRIC FOR (RE)INSURANCE COMPANIES<br />

Inves<strong>to</strong>rs utilize three ratios in order <strong>to</strong> evaluate<br />

a (re)insurance company:<br />

• The price <strong>to</strong> book value is widely used by analysts<br />

across the reinsurance industry and enables them<br />

<strong>to</strong> compare a s<strong>to</strong>ck market value <strong>to</strong> its book value.<br />

It is computed by dividing the share price by<br />

the equity.


Fig. 101: “Valuation life cycle” confirmed by most recent inves<strong>to</strong>r survey<br />

What is your most important valuation metric <strong>to</strong>day?<br />

Survey 2008<br />

13%<br />

14%<br />

Survey 2010<br />

16%<br />

19%<br />

11% 1%<br />

18%<br />

30%<br />

19%<br />

43%<br />

16%<br />

Tangible book value<br />

Embedded value<br />

IFRS earnings<br />

IFRS book value<br />

Free cash flow yield<br />

Dividend yield<br />

• The price <strong>to</strong> tangible book value aims <strong>to</strong> give a<br />

better valuation as it focuses on ‘utilized’ capital<br />

base and corresponds <strong>to</strong> the price of each share if<br />

the company liquidated all of its assets. This ratio is<br />

calculated by dividing the share price by the equity<br />

minus the intangibles.<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

Tangible<br />

book value<br />

Almost half of the inves<strong>to</strong>rs still look at IFRS<br />

earnings and tangible book value (P/TBV)<br />

– mid valuation life cycle?<br />

Free cash flow yield is more important,<br />

as it might give an early warning signal <strong>to</strong><br />

mismanagement resulting in major issues<br />

Embedded<br />

value<br />

IFRS<br />

earnings<br />

IFRS<br />

book value<br />

Free cash<br />

flow yield<br />

Dividend<br />

yield<br />

Jun-09 Sep-09 Dec-09 May-10<br />

Source: BofA Merrill Lynch Global Research.<br />

• The price <strong>to</strong> adjusted tangible book value is the book<br />

value after having adjusted assets and liabilities <strong>to</strong><br />

market value. The share price is divided by the equity<br />

minus the intangibles, which is added the value of<br />

business acquired.<br />

Fig. 102: Price <strong>to</strong> adjusted tangible book value the most adequate valuation<br />

metric for (re)insurance companies<br />

1 Price <strong>to</strong> Book Value (P/BV)<br />

Widely used by analysts across the reinsurance business P/B =<br />

2 Price <strong>to</strong> Tangible Book Value (P/TBV)<br />

Aims <strong>to</strong> give a better valuation as it focuses<br />

on “utilized” capital base<br />

3 Price <strong>to</strong> Adjusted Tangible<br />

Book Value (P/Adj. TBV)<br />

Removes the effect of goodwill<br />

on acquired life portfolios for<br />

recent acquisitive players<br />

P/Adj. TBV =<br />

Market Cap<br />

Shareholders’ Equity<br />

Market Cap<br />

P/TBV =<br />

Shareholders’ Equity – Intangibles (1)<br />

Market Cap<br />

Shareholders’ Equity – Intangibles (1) + VOBA (2)<br />

(1) Includes Deferred Acquisition Costs (DAC) and VOBA. (2) Value of Business Acquired (VOBA).<br />

Development over the last 12 months<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 95


III. Inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ view of the sec<strong>to</strong>r<br />

remains uncertain despite<br />

their reassessment<br />

WHAT ARE THE ORIGINS<br />

OF THIS UNCERTAINTY?<br />

Many analysts’ industry reports have been published<br />

recently, however the range of <strong>to</strong>pics is very wide and<br />

opinions vary:<br />

• Global financial crisis effects<br />

• Solvency II<br />

• Capital <strong>Management</strong><br />

• Inflation <strong>risk</strong> and scenarios<br />

• Dividend expectation<br />

• Pricing / Underwriting discipline<br />

• Preference for Life / Non-Life?<br />

• Reserve position<br />

This clearly shows that there are still many uncertainties<br />

emanating from various sources, notably the regula<strong>to</strong>rs.<br />

The most prominent concern is unquestionably the<br />

European directive Solvency II, which will have a<br />

significant impact on (re)insurers’ activities.<br />

UNCERTAINTY CAN BE SEEN IN THE HIGHER<br />

AMOUNT OF “NEUTRAL” VIEWS<br />

ON THE SECTOR, AND IN AN INCREASED<br />

PREFERENCE FOR LIFE<br />

The Merrill Lynch survey reveals that the inves<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

questioned on their stance and preferences vis-à-vis the<br />

insurance industry placed more trust in the (re)insurance<br />

industry during the crisis in 2008 than they did in 2010.<br />

Moreover, the percentage of neutral ratings increases in<br />

2010, which indicates that inves<strong>to</strong>rs have less confidence<br />

in this industry than before. During the crisis, there was<br />

a preference for Non-Life, whereas in 2010 this trend<br />

reverses with an increased preference for Life, which<br />

means that inves<strong>to</strong>rs prefer <strong>to</strong> pursue a more stable business<br />

line. This is reflected in the following question: What<br />

will the most important driver of the sec<strong>to</strong>r be over the<br />

coming six <strong>to</strong> twelve months? It is interesting <strong>to</strong> note that<br />

regula<strong>to</strong>ry development was not a concern before. In May<br />

2010, it became one of the key concerns for inves<strong>to</strong>rs.<br />

PARADOXICALLY, INVESTORS ARE ALREADY<br />

ASKING FOR INCREASED RISK APPETITE<br />

AND MORE ACTIVE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT<br />

Indeed, 30% of the inves<strong>to</strong>rs questioned would like <strong>to</strong><br />

“raise the <strong>risk</strong> curve with regard <strong>to</strong> invested assets” over<br />

the next few months. 26% of them want <strong>to</strong> maintain<br />

a fortress balance sheet in view of the continuing<br />

uncertainty over Solvency II. And 21% of them would<br />

like <strong>to</strong> increase the <strong>risk</strong> appetite in terms of invested<br />

assets and dividends, which means being more offensive<br />

in terms of capital management.<br />

Fig. 103: Uncertainty can be seen in higher amount of “neutral” views<br />

on the sec<strong>to</strong>r and an increased preference on Life<br />

38%<br />

21%<br />

96 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

Survey 2008 Survey 2010<br />

11%<br />

What is your current<br />

sec<strong>to</strong>r stance?<br />

5%<br />

13%<br />

6%<br />

6%<br />

32%<br />

73%<br />

Source: BofA Merrill Lynch Global Research.<br />

Very overweight<br />

Somewhat overweight<br />

Neutral<br />

Somewhat underweight<br />

Very underweight<br />

Within the sec<strong>to</strong>r, do you<br />

have a preference for life<br />

or non-life s<strong>to</strong>cks?<br />

Life<br />

Non-Life<br />

No preference<br />

51%<br />

26%<br />

21%<br />

8%<br />

5%<br />

31%<br />

53%


Fig. 104: Regula<strong>to</strong>ry developments are rising inves<strong>to</strong>rs’ attention<br />

What will be the most important driver of the sec<strong>to</strong>r over the coming 6-12 months?<br />

19%<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

8% 3% 0%<br />

22%<br />

Earnings<br />

estimate<br />

revisions<br />

GENERALLY, WHAT ARE THE KEY<br />

TAKE-AWAYS?<br />

• Prior <strong>to</strong> the financial crisis, analysts and inves<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

largely favoured business models focused on a limited<br />

number of business lines, or financial products with<br />

more aggressive behavior <strong>to</strong>wards capital and asset<br />

management. There was also a clear valuation gap<br />

between business models A, B, C and the traditional<br />

reinsurance business model.<br />

26% Earnings estimates revisions<br />

Valuation re-rating (up or down)<br />

Regula<strong>to</strong>ry developments (e.g. Solvency II)<br />

Book value development<br />

M&A<br />

Capital action (right issues, buy-backs, positive/negative dividend surprises)<br />

Disclosure changes (presumably enhancements)<br />

22%<br />

Valuation<br />

re-rating<br />

Regula<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

development<br />

Jun-09 Sep-09 Dec-09 May-10<br />

BV<br />

development<br />

M&A<br />

Capital<br />

action<br />

Disclosure<br />

changes<br />

Source: BofA Merrill Lynch Global Research.<br />

Fig. 105: At the same time inves<strong>to</strong>rs are already asking for increased <strong>risk</strong> appetite<br />

and more active capital management<br />

Given the recovery of balance sheets, do you believe that insurers should be starting <strong>to</strong>:<br />

13%<br />

21%<br />

10%<br />

26%<br />

30%<br />

Move up the <strong>risk</strong> curve, with regard <strong>to</strong> invested assets<br />

Maintain a fortress balance sheet given continuing Solvency II uncertainty<br />

Increase dividends/buy back s<strong>to</strong>ck<br />

Preserve capital – balance sheets remain stretched<br />

Consider strategic M&A, even if this results in capital issuance<br />

Source: BofA Merrill Lynch Global Research.<br />

• In fact, the crisis has led inves<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> reassess and<br />

re-price the sec<strong>to</strong>r, and <strong>to</strong> start rewarding companies<br />

for good <strong>risk</strong> management by using different methodologies<br />

according <strong>to</strong> the “Valuation Life Cycle”.<br />

• Inves<strong>to</strong>rs continue <strong>to</strong> focus on book value (including<br />

Goodwill), paying less attention <strong>to</strong> VOBA.<br />

• The financial markets are still uncertain about the reinsurance<br />

sec<strong>to</strong>r, which is also driven by increasing inves<strong>to</strong>r<br />

attention <strong>to</strong> regula<strong>to</strong>ry developments (Solvency II).<br />

• Paradoxically, inves<strong>to</strong>rs are already asking for increased<br />

<strong>risk</strong> appetite and more active capital management.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 97


Conclusion<br />

<strong>ERM</strong>: A SYSTEM TO ENSURE<br />

THE OPTIMAL SECURITY<br />

AND EFFICIENCY VICTOR PEIGNET<br />

Chief Executive Officer, SCOR Global P&C<br />

GILLES MEYER<br />

Chief Executive Officer, SCOR Global Life<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> is a fact of day-<strong>to</strong>-day life<br />

at SCOR: KYR (“Know Your <strong>Risk</strong>s”) is as important<br />

as KYC (“Know Your Clients”) within the Group,<br />

and the combination of the two is what drives its<br />

operations.<br />

<strong>ERM</strong> stands for <strong>Enterprise</strong> <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, although<br />

it could be argued that this acronym is short of one key<br />

word <strong>to</strong> fully represent the concept of <strong>ERM</strong> and what<br />

it means for the reality of company operations: this<br />

missing word is SYSTEM.<br />

For a global (re)insurance company like SCOR, being<br />

<strong>ERM</strong>(s) compliant means:<br />

• Operating with a single comprehensive Information<br />

System,<br />

• Being driven by capital allocation and return on<br />

capital, <strong>based</strong> on its own internal model, and<br />

• Having a strong <strong>Risk</strong> Culture embedded in its<br />

operations.<br />

98 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

The ultimate objective of an <strong>ERM</strong> system is <strong>to</strong> ensure the<br />

optimal security and efficiency of a company’s decision<br />

making processes and operations, without affecting its<br />

entrepreneurial spirit or innovative mindset, <strong>based</strong> on<br />

the best possible knowledge of <strong>risk</strong>s and management<br />

techniques.<br />

By 2005, SCOR had managed <strong>to</strong> recover from its 2002-03<br />

crisis and had put <strong>ERM</strong> at the center of its recovery<br />

process. Although the Group had certainly regained<br />

the organizational structure of an entrepreneurial<br />

and ambitious company, having returned <strong>to</strong> good<br />

health thanks <strong>to</strong> a strong franchise, experienced<br />

and dedicated human resources, safe and efficient<br />

procedures and processes and a corporate culture,<br />

it had not yet reached the stage where it had a strong or<br />

fully operational <strong>ERM</strong> system, or a <strong>Risk</strong> Culture served<br />

by that system.<br />

Between 2005 and 2010, SCOR implemented and<br />

completed a 5-year project <strong>to</strong> introduce such a system,<br />

which is now fully deployed at all levels throughout<br />

the Group. This major initiative has had deep,<br />

structuring effects on the way in which SCOR operates,<br />

plans its business, dynamically moni<strong>to</strong>rs and controls<br />

its exposures and makes its decisions.<br />

Basically, this system has vastly improved both the<br />

quality of data and the way in which that data is<br />

treated, from how it is entered and warehoused, both<br />

before and after processing, <strong>to</strong> how its traceability and<br />

integrity are ensured.


In an integrated system like this, all the data centers (or<br />

the global data center), and all the software programs<br />

are linked and interconnected through au<strong>to</strong>matic<br />

interfaces, transfers and downloads. Double entries are<br />

therefore minimized while au<strong>to</strong>matic checks, balances<br />

and reconciliations are maximized.<br />

This single system constitutes the corners<strong>to</strong>ne of<br />

SCOR’s <strong>ERM</strong> policy. Without it, internal modeling would<br />

have <strong>to</strong> be conducted piecemeal, which would reduce<br />

efficiency and put the <strong>risk</strong> inherent <strong>to</strong> discontinuities<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the modeling process.<br />

PRACTICALLY SPEAKING, WHAT DOES <strong>ERM</strong><br />

MEAN FOR SCOR NOW?<br />

From an operational perspective, it means that treaties are<br />

underwritten using a single pricing <strong>to</strong>ol, which is centrally<br />

controlled and parametered <strong>based</strong> on local analysis by<br />

Line of Business and by market. It also means that SCOR’s<br />

“deal teams” for given accounts or portfolios (underwriters,<br />

actuaries and modelers), along with the management<br />

team, have access <strong>to</strong> the dynamic follow up of:<br />

• The expected performance of priced and booked<br />

business, expressed either as ultimate underwriting<br />

ratios or as RoRAC (“Return on <strong>Risk</strong> Adjusted<br />

Capital”), which must exceed hurdle rates and be as<br />

close as possible <strong>to</strong> the Group’s target ROE;<br />

• The tail Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> and the Value-at-<strong>Risk</strong> of this<br />

business, which must comply with pre-defined <strong>risk</strong><br />

appetites;<br />

• The capital that has been used, compared with the<br />

allocations at any given time, and<br />

• Au<strong>to</strong>matic year on year “as if” re-built price<br />

comparisons.<br />

This means that, during renewal seasons, the build-up<br />

of the following year’s portfolio can be moni<strong>to</strong>red in<br />

real time against the plan and the budget and that, as<br />

renewals progress, adjustments can be made <strong>to</strong> the<br />

initial capital allocations by shifting capital <strong>to</strong> markets<br />

and Lines of Business with better than expected<br />

performances. With these management and reporting<br />

<strong>to</strong>ols at their disposal, SCOR’s teams can behave like<br />

portfolio managers rather than deal makers, thereby<br />

optimizing their acceptances <strong>to</strong> meet portfolio target.<br />

WHAT MAY BE THE “DRAWBACKS”<br />

OF SUCH AN <strong>ERM</strong> SYSTEM?<br />

The first drawback is that there are <strong>risk</strong>s attached<br />

<strong>to</strong> such a user-friendly underwriting system in terms<br />

of human behavior. These <strong>risk</strong>s all involve the<br />

underwriters moving away from the traditional<br />

underwriting process and relying <strong>to</strong>o heavily on the<br />

models <strong>to</strong> make their choices. From this point of view,<br />

it is equally important for underwriters:<br />

• To have a good understanding of the modeling process<br />

in order <strong>to</strong> achieve a greater commitment <strong>to</strong> and<br />

identification with it, and <strong>to</strong> become familiar with the<br />

<strong>to</strong>ols involved, which enables them <strong>to</strong> work closely<br />

with specialized actuaries and modelers dedicated<br />

<strong>to</strong> their markets and Lines of Business within the<br />

“deal teams”,<br />

• To apply their underwriting expertise <strong>to</strong> their own<br />

assessment of the results of the models and <strong>to</strong><br />

challenge these through plausibility checks and<br />

sensitivity analysis, and<br />

• To pay as much attention <strong>to</strong> trends as <strong>to</strong> final results,<br />

whilst respecting the Group’s values of consistency<br />

and continuity in their business relationships.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 99


The second drawback is probably that, being <strong>based</strong><br />

on such a complex matrix of correlations, the internal<br />

model is so heavy <strong>to</strong> run that it challenges the<br />

calculation power of even the latest generation of<br />

machines. For the time being, therefore, it is practically<br />

impossible <strong>to</strong> run as many operational iterations<br />

as requested, whether for sensitivity analysis and optimization<br />

purposes at the planning and budget stage, or<br />

for unexpected large contracts with potentially material<br />

impacts over the course of a renewal season.<br />

In order <strong>to</strong> make the use of the internal model more<br />

dynamic, companies need <strong>to</strong>:<br />

• Upscale their in-house calculation capabilities,<br />

although these are limited <strong>to</strong> the power of the<br />

machines available on the market, or<br />

• Use the internal model for a limited number of detailed<br />

calculations per year, dedicated <strong>to</strong> final planning,<br />

budgeting and regula<strong>to</strong>ry areas, and have a proxy<br />

model for fast runs and quick decision making.<br />

Our Group has followed the second route and developed<br />

a simplified model (CaDeT). This model can be used<br />

throughout the organization for checks such as “what<br />

if” analysis, the assessment of diversification benefits<br />

and the implications of portfolio changes.<br />

Another advantage of having a simplified model like<br />

this is that its broad, daily use by the teams will help<br />

<strong>to</strong> maintain and further reinforce the Group’s <strong>ERM</strong><br />

culture.<br />

Since the implementation of its <strong>ERM</strong> framework, the<br />

SCOR Group has gained considerable experience and<br />

expertise. Eight areas contributed <strong>to</strong> this successful<br />

implementation:<br />

• Diversification that reduces the need for <strong>risk</strong>adjusted<br />

capital is the strategy followed by our<br />

Group. This strategy is <strong>based</strong> on SCOR’s twin business<br />

engines – Life and Non-Life – with the same weight<br />

allocated <strong>to</strong> both engines, which constitute the first<br />

level of diversification. It is worth noting that the<br />

same diversification techniques are applied within<br />

the two business engines.<br />

• The <strong>Risk</strong> Control system is a key component that<br />

SCOR has strengthened. SCOR Global Life and SCOR<br />

Global P&C are each the result of the recent mergers<br />

of several companies with different <strong>approach</strong>es <strong>to</strong> <strong>risk</strong><br />

management. In view of this, the <strong>ERM</strong> framework<br />

has improved over the last three years with the<br />

development of one single <strong>approach</strong> for both Life<br />

and Non-Life, which has been embedded within the<br />

company. For example, SCOR Global Life and SCOR<br />

Global P&C have each put in<strong>to</strong> practice a clear and<br />

defined underwriting and pricing process, having<br />

undergone a process of harmonization in<strong>to</strong> one single<br />

100 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

system as opposed <strong>to</strong> the multiple pricing systems<br />

inherited when the entities were merged. Today,<br />

this enables SCOR <strong>to</strong> look at <strong>risk</strong>s with consistency<br />

throughout the entire organization.<br />

• Stricter adherence <strong>to</strong> profitability targets forms<br />

part of this stringent <strong>risk</strong> control system. Any deviation<br />

is referred using a defined escalation process.<br />

• Capital Shield Strategy: buying retrocession protec-<br />

tion enables us <strong>to</strong> continue <strong>to</strong> reduce volatility even<br />

further. As an example on the Life side, the purchase<br />

of mortality swaps is also a part of this capital shield<br />

strategy. SCOR Global Life has decided <strong>to</strong> reduce its<br />

gross exposure by buying two swaps that are fully<br />

collateralized.<br />

• Internal Capital Model, which is completely embed-<br />

ded in<strong>to</strong> the pricing model. This means that SCOR<br />

could prove <strong>to</strong> any stakeholder, such as the rating<br />

agencies for example, that any kind of pricing given<br />

by SCOR Global Life or SCOR Global P&C is consistent<br />

with the internal capital model.<br />

• Reserve adequacy: the reserves are checked on a<br />

regular basis, both locally and centrally, and are also<br />

reviewed by a third party consultant.<br />

• <strong>Risk</strong> enquiry, which is led by the SCOR Global Life<br />

and SCOR Global P&C Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officers. <strong>Risk</strong> enquiry<br />

means that any type of <strong>risk</strong> that could be material <strong>to</strong><br />

the Company is tracked on a regular basis. The <strong>risk</strong>s<br />

are split in<strong>to</strong> three categories – A, B and C – depending<br />

on their potential economic impact. This system<br />

involves a large number of people throughout the<br />

organization, which is <strong>to</strong> its advantage.<br />

• Solvency II: SCOR is preparing for the upcoming<br />

Solvency II regulations in Europe. One of the key elements<br />

of Solvency II is data integrity, which forms part<br />

of the Internal Capital Model. Compared <strong>to</strong> our peers<br />

in the reinsurance market, SCOR has a key competitive<br />

advantage: a single Group-wide IT system.<br />

All of the above demonstrates how the <strong>ERM</strong> process<br />

really is at the core of our business.


SPEAKERS’ BIOGRAPHIES<br />

Guest speakers<br />

JULIEN HALFON<br />

Head of Coverage, P-Solve <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Solutions<br />

Julien Halfon is the Head of Coverage for P-Solve <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Solutions. He advises European<br />

corporations on pension investment and <strong>risk</strong> management issues and European and American asset<br />

managers on marketing strategies for the European institutional inves<strong>to</strong>r markets.<br />

He joined P-Solve in 2008 from the investment banking division of Lazard & Co, where he led<br />

Lazard’s European corporate pension advisory initiative. Prior <strong>to</strong> joining Lazard, Julien was a Senior<br />

Investment Consultant at Hewitt Associates where he was part of the corporate advisory team and<br />

co-ran the infrastructure manager research group. He was also a Senior Associate in the Pension<br />

& Insurance Strategy Group of Goldman Sachs International in London. Julien holds a Masters<br />

degree in International Finance and Economics from the Dauphine University of Paris, an MBA from<br />

the Whar<strong>to</strong>n School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.A. from the School of Advanced<br />

International Studies of Johns Hopkins University.<br />

MILES TROTTER<br />

General Manager, Analytics Non-Life, A.M. Best<br />

Miles Trotter is general manager at A.M. Best’s London office. He is responsible for leading A.M. Best’s<br />

non-life analytical teams for Continental Europe and the United Kingdom, including Lloyd’s and<br />

London market companies.<br />

Miles has extensive experience in the London market. He began his career as a graduate trainee<br />

at Lloyd’s broker, Bain Dawes plc. Later he specialised in financial institutions insurance as a direc<strong>to</strong>r<br />

of Holmes Johnson Lessiter Ltd, a subsidiary of Alexander Howden Ltd. In 1989, he moved <strong>to</strong><br />

underwriting at Syndicate 1095, managed by Welling<strong>to</strong>n Underwriting Agencies Ltd.<br />

After earning a master’s degree at the London Business School, Miles returned <strong>to</strong> Welling<strong>to</strong>n <strong>to</strong> help<br />

start a new joint venture company, SBW Insurance Research Ltd. Prior <strong>to</strong> joining A.M. Best in 2001,<br />

Miles spent seven years developing this company’s research and analysis products.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 101


102 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

SCOR speakers<br />

GILLES MEYER<br />

Chief Executive Officer, SCOR Global Life<br />

Gilles Meyer is graduate of a French business school, he holds an MBA from the GSBA of Zürich.<br />

Gilles Meyer began his career as an underwriter at Swiss Re before taking over the optional department<br />

of the company La Baloise in Basel. After 23 years of experience in optional and treaty reinsurance,<br />

Gilles Meyer was CEO of Alea Europe from 1999 <strong>to</strong> 2006, in charge of both the Property & Casualty<br />

and the Life reinsurance and from 2005 <strong>to</strong> 2006, he was the Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the Underwriting group of<br />

Alea. He joined the SCOR Group in January 2006 and directed the German-speaking markets of <strong>based</strong><br />

in Hanover, Basel and Winterthur.<br />

End of 2006, he <strong>to</strong>ok the position of Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the Business Unit 1 of SCOR Global Life. Since<br />

February 2008, he is CEO of SCOR Global Life SE.<br />

VICTOR PEIGNET<br />

Chief Executive Officer, SCOR Global P&C<br />

Vic<strong>to</strong>r Peignet, a Marine Engineer and graduate of the École Nationale Supérieure des Techniques<br />

Avancées (ENSTA), joined the Facultative Department of SCOR in 1984 from the offshore oil sec<strong>to</strong>r.<br />

From 1984 <strong>to</strong> 2001, he held various positions in the underwriting of Energy and Marine Transport<br />

<strong>risk</strong>s at SCOR, first as an underwriter and then as Branch Direc<strong>to</strong>r. He has led the Group’s Business<br />

Solutions (facultative) division since it was created in 2000, as both Deputy Chief Executive Officer<br />

and then as Chief Executive Officer since April 2004. On 5 July 2005, Vic<strong>to</strong>r Peignet was appointed<br />

manager of all Property & Casualty Reinsurance operations at SCOR Global P&C SE. He is currently<br />

Chief Executive Officer of SCOR Global P&C SE.<br />

MARCO CIRCELLI<br />

Head of Group Corporate Finance & Financial Communications, SCOR<br />

Marco Circelli is Head of Group Corporate Finance & Financial Communications at SCOR Group.<br />

He joined Converium’s Inves<strong>to</strong>r Relations in 2003. At the beginning of 2005 he <strong>to</strong>ok over the<br />

responsibility for the Business and Market Intelligence department where he was involved in the<br />

strategic development of the Company. Since August 2006, Marco Circelli was Head of Inves<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Relations at Converium. Prior <strong>to</strong> Converium Marco had worked in <strong>Management</strong> Accounting for<br />

Unilever and in various functions at UBS and Credit Suisse. He brings along more than 12 years of<br />

experience in Finance (of which almost 7 years in reinsurance), and holds a business degree from the<br />

University of Applied Science of Central Switzerland, and a MBA in Financial Services and Insurance<br />

from University of St. Gallen (Switzerland).<br />

JANICE COWLEY<br />

Program Direc<strong>to</strong>r of CoCPIT, SCOR<br />

Janice Cowley is Program Direc<strong>to</strong>r of CoCPIT – a global program focused on capital and <strong>risk</strong> management.<br />

Reporting <strong>to</strong> the Group CRO, she is responsible for leading large change projects for<br />

SCOR. Janice has more than 10 years experience in leading roles in both reinsurance and investment<br />

banking. Janice has a degree in Business from Vic<strong>to</strong>ria University of New Zealand and has completed<br />

post graduate studies and Harvard Business School, Bos<strong>to</strong>n.


MICHEL DACOROGNA<br />

Deputy Chief <strong>Risk</strong> Officer, SCOR<br />

Michel Dacorogna is a member of senior management of SCOR SE and heading the Group Financial<br />

Analysis and <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong> modeling team. His main responsibilities are <strong>to</strong> develop the Asset<br />

and Liability <strong>Management</strong> models for the Group and on this basis <strong>to</strong> assess the <strong>risk</strong> <strong>based</strong> capital<br />

of the company and determine the best strategic asset allocation.<br />

The co-author of: “An Introduction <strong>to</strong> High Frequency Finance”, he has also published numerous<br />

articles in scientific journals. He is an associate edi<strong>to</strong>r of Quantitative Finance.<br />

He received his Habilitation, Ph. D. and M. Sc. In Physics from the University of Geneva in Switzerland.<br />

ERIC DAL MORO<br />

Chief Reserving Actuary, SCOR Switzerland<br />

Eric Dal Moro is an engineer of the École des Mines and graduated as an actuary from the French<br />

Institute of Actuaries. He is also a member of the Swiss Institute of Actuaries.<br />

He worked at AXA Direct Japan as Technical Direc<strong>to</strong>r (1998 -2001). Then, he joined AXA Assicurazioni<br />

in Italy as Senior Actuary (2001-2002). He also worked for Ernst &Young in Paris and Zurich as<br />

Senior Manager (2002-2007). He is currently Chief Reserving Actuary and Appointed Actuary of<br />

SCOR Switzerland AG.<br />

MAGDALENA KLAPPER-RYBICKA<br />

<strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

Magdalena Klapper-Rybicka is a <strong>Risk</strong> Consultant in the Group Financial and <strong>Risk</strong> Modeling team<br />

of SCOR. Over the past two years, Magdalena contributed significantly <strong>to</strong> the development and<br />

implementation of an integrated quantitative <strong>risk</strong> management system for the SCOR Group.<br />

Magdalena Klapper-Rybicka studied computer science at AGH University of Science and Technology<br />

in Krakow, Poland. During her time at university, she worked as a scientist and on international<br />

research projects. She holds a PhD from the Department of Computer Science with a major in<br />

artificial intelligence.<br />

MICHÈLE LACROIX<br />

Chief Investment Officer, SCOR<br />

Michèle Lacroix joined SCOR in September 2008 as Chief Investment Officer of SCOR’s newly created<br />

asset management company, SCOR Global Investments. A graduate of HEC, she spent several years<br />

on the trading floor at the Caisse Centrale des Banques Populaires, first in charge of government<br />

bond activity and then covering all fixed income and hedging strategies. After 4 years of brokerage<br />

on fixed income she moved <strong>to</strong> Legal & General Asset <strong>Management</strong> (France) as a Portfolio Manager,<br />

managing the EURO fund and heading the development of new mutual fund strategies, before<br />

becoming Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the company.<br />

SCOR - November 2010 - 103


104 - November 2010 - SCOR<br />

TONY NEGHAIWI<br />

Chief Pricing Actuary, SCOR Global P&C<br />

Tony Neghaiwi joined Converium as Chief Actuary in 2006 and became in 2008 Chief Pricing Actuary<br />

and member of senior management of SCOR Global P&C with responsibilities of all P&C pricing<br />

and modeling operations. He has more than 23 years of experience in the insurance/reinsurance<br />

industry. He worked notably for Aetna Life & Casualty and Liberty Mutual in the United States, ZFS<br />

and XL in Switzerland. He held a Masters of Science in Applied Mathematics from University of<br />

Tennessee and completed post graduate studies in Mathematics from University of Hous<strong>to</strong>n and is<br />

a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society.<br />

WAYNE RATCLIFFE<br />

Direc<strong>to</strong>r Group <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, SCOR<br />

Wayne Ratcliffe is a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries (UK) and graduate of the University of<br />

Cambridge, where he studied mathematics and operations research. He began his insurance career<br />

in 1981 in Life & Pensions (Equity & Law then Prudential), as a Product Development and Marketing<br />

Actuary. In 1994 he set up the London office of SCOR Vie before moving <strong>to</strong> the Actuarial department<br />

in Paris in 1998 as Head of Anglo-Saxon markets and subsequently as Deputy Actuarial Direc<strong>to</strong>r. After<br />

a brief spell at XL Re in 2006 he returned <strong>to</strong> SCOR in 2007 as Head of Group <strong>Risk</strong> <strong>Management</strong>.<br />

EVA SCHLÄPFER DE MONTMOLLIN<br />

Senior <strong>Risk</strong> Consultant, SCOR<br />

Eva Schläpfer de Montmollin is a Senior <strong>Risk</strong> Consultant in the Group Financial and <strong>Risk</strong> Modeling<br />

team at SCOR. For two years, she has been heavily involved in the development and implementation<br />

of an integrated quantitative <strong>risk</strong> management system at SCOR Group (CoCPIT).<br />

Prior <strong>to</strong> joining SCOR she held various actuarial roles at Zurich Financial Services where she has<br />

been leading a team of actuaries developing pricing methodologies and implementing a widely<br />

used pricing platform. She holds a PhD and a MSc in Mathematics from the University of Fribourg<br />

in Switzerland. She is a fully qualified actuary (SAV, DAV).


Paper copies limited <strong>to</strong> consultation.<br />

Distribution in electronic format only.<br />

To request an electronic copy,<br />

please email: scorglobalp&c@scor.com<br />

DEJAGLMC Imprimeur<br />

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced<br />

in any form without the prior permission of the publisher.<br />

SCOR has made all reasonable efforts <strong>to</strong> ensure that information<br />

provided through its publications is accurate at the time of inclusion<br />

and accepts no liability for inaccuracies or omissions.


Edi<strong>to</strong>r: Strategy & Development<br />

SCOR Global P&C<br />

scorglobalp&c@scor.com<br />

No. ISSN 1638-3133<br />

November 2010<br />

SCOR<br />

1, avenue du Général De Gaulle<br />

92074 Paris-La-Défense CEDEX – France<br />

www.scor.com<br />

November 2010 – Design: – Pho<strong>to</strong> credits : Corbis, Getty Images, Inspoon, Shutters<strong>to</strong>ck, Thinks<strong>to</strong>ck.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!